Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Files in PDF format
I have made many of the files available in .pdf format, in addition to graphic and Finale format. You will need Acrobat Reader to view these files. They are optimized for printing rather than viewing on screen. I have done this with the files I had in original format (I did not have all of them).

Introduction

Blues Guitar - Overview
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Introduction 12 bar blues in Emajor 12 bar blues in Amajor E-major revisited Some other blues progressions

Some fingerpicking challenges More examples in E and A Some theory: The tritone, dim and the 7 chord. Blues in D Introduction to open tuning - Open D Blues in G

Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Blues in C Minor Blues Jazzier blues moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb The circle of fifths have you noticed the sequence of the keys?

The 12 bar blues progression in E-major
q

Retailers:

q

q

q

q

If you like the site, give me your vote:

q q q

New Lessons
q q

1 -The Basic Chord Structure 1 B - Another version of the basic lesson 2 -Some variations of the 12 bar form 3 - The turnaround chord 3B - The importance of rhythm - some damping techniques 4 - The shuffle 4B - E-Shuffle 4C - The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle

q

q q

q q

q

q

q

5 -The harmonized shuffle 6 -The treble shuffle 7 -Some other shuffle style licks – Boom Boogie 7B -Muddy Boogie 8 - A turnaround chord sequence 9 - The turnaround lick 10 - The "fill in" – Part 1 * Part 2 11 - The Boogie bass line - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 - Boom Boogie * Part 5 Muddy Boogie * Part 6 - The Trip of The Day

q

q

q

q

q

q

12 - An introduction to blues fingerpicking 12B Monotone bass fingerpicking – Rocking Baby 13 - 16-bar blues 13B - Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions - Power Chords 13C - With A Taste of Onion 13D - You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water

Blues for Beginners So you'd like to ... Teach yourself how to play blues guitar The Greatest Blues Guitarists of All-Time Great Electric Blues Guitarists The Country Blues The Delta Blues Downhome Blues Chicago Blues for

q q

q

q

q

Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music - Lesson 3 Reading Music - Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise jazzy 7th

Blues in A-major

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

q

chords Open Chords

q

q

Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

q

q

14 - 12 bar blues progression in A 14B: Rocking Bill 15 - Fingerpicking with monotone bass in A 15B - Betty Blues

q

q

q

15C Fingerpicking Instrumental in A 16 - The "Long A" and "moveable C7" chord 17 - A shuffle solo

q

q

q

18 - The minor pentatonic scale - a simplified blues scale 19 - The "Blue notes" - the blues scale 20 - The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale

beginners Essential Chess Blues Library 15 Essential Blues CDs (And A Great Place To Begin) Blues/Rock Essentials Learning Blues Guitar

E-major Revisited
q

21 - Blues scale in E

q

22 - The minor pentatonic scale in E and A, all positions

q

23 - The moveable D / D7 shapes

Some Other Blues Progressions
q

8-bar blues – 8bar Blues in E

q

8-bar blues in A – Key to The Highway

q

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby

Some fingerpicking challenges in E and A
q

Pony Blues / M&O Blues

q

Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues

The Power of the Tritone, dim and the 7 chord.
q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3

q

Tritone Blues - Part 4 Kansas City

Blues in D
q

The basics: 12-bar and chords

q

Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

Blues in G
q q

The basics: 12-bar and chords A 12 bar blues in G.

q q

G-Boogie Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way

Blues in C
q q

C C Rider Cocaine Blues

q q

Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There

Minor Blues Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Jazzier blues - moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution - part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 Add the m7 chord Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3* Part 4

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

A Turaround Lesson Turnaround - Lesson 1, part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Turnaround - Lesson 2, part 1 * Part 2 Turnaround - Lesson 3, part 1 * Part 2

Introduction to open tuning - Open D That's No Way To Get Along the Train Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Roll and Tumble Walking Black Mama

The circle of fifths - have you noticed the sequence of the keys? Great blues-guitar players - guides for those who want to play their styles These are annotated lists of books, records and videos for those of you who want to learn more about the playing styles of some of the great blues-men. (Sorry, ladies. There are not many ladies in the history of blues guitar. Memphis Minnie is the only one that comes to my mind, and I do not know any material devoted to her playing.) Robert Johnson Lonnie Johnson Big Bill Broonzy Blind Blake Rev Gary Davis B. B. King Eric Clapton

Books and videos on Blues Guitar.

Main Book Menu

Beginning Blues Guitar ** Acoustic Blues ** Electric Blues ** Acoustic Texas Blues ** Electric Texas Blues ** Delta Blues Guitar ** From the Delta to Chicago ** East Coast Blues ** Chicago Blues ** Fingerpicking Blues ** Lead Guitar ** Bottleneck / Slide Guitar ** Jazz Blues ** Scales, Chords etc ** Blues Songbooks ** Individual artists** Masters of Country Blues - DVD series

Introduction

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1
C-Major Diddie Has Something There Minor Blues Lesson 1, Part 2

You can subsitute all major chords in a 12-bar blues with the parallel minor chords, and voila: You get a minor blues. In the key A-minor, a 12-bar blues Type 1 would be like this:

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

I have not included a turnaround chord, which would be an Em7 if we should stick to minor chords througout the tune. But as there are no tritone in the m7 chord, it does not have the turnaround effect. It is the tritone in the V7 chord that calls for a resolution to the I chord, which has the turnaround effect. Some examples of tunes played with this progression are: CD Main link goes to Amazon US, Amazon UK link in parenthesis)

Artist

Tune

Key

Source

Comments An Otis Rush tune. The middle (shuffle section) modulates to major, and then it modulates back to minor.

If you like the site, give me your vote:

All Your Love Eric Clapton (I Miss Loving)

Am

John Mayall and the Bluesbreaker (UK)

The Bluesmen (from Musicroom)

Otis Rush Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

All Your Love (I Miss Loving)

F#m

Guitar White Pages

I have not written out any arrangements in this lesson, as it is the chord progression and not a particular playing style that is covered. Instead I have included backing tracks in various keys and styles. The minor pentatonic scale should be the basis for your soloing over these progressions. Backing Track - MinorBlues-1 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Minor chords only, i chord in bar 2, no turnaround. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:01:55

Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C-Major Diddie Has Something There Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1. it would be like this: Here are some backing tracks to practise with.asp (2 of 2)07. Part 1 If we write the similar progression as a Type 2 progression.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .MinorBlues-2 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Minor chords only.2005 04:01:55 . iv chord in bar 2. Backing Track .net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 1.torvund.01. no turnaround.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1.

Isn't the G#dim just the E7 in a D7-shape moved up two frets? The answer is a kind of yes and no. Before going more into turnaround. Here I will start with a few chord sequences that can be the basis for many turnaround licks. We start from a I-chord.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .the turnaround chord .2005 04:01:58 . We will start from where we ended in these lessons.torvund. part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Turnaround . Play the same sequence of chords as real 7th chords with the root. We start in the key of E-major. in case you have not been following the Blues Guitar Series. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites You may ask why I call them diminished.Lesson 1.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence. and a turnaround lick in Blues Guitar . part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . http://www. which will be resolved by the I-chord at the beginning of the next verse. and it will often be notated as E7. we have to recapitulate. are three diminished chords: G#dim. so it might be an idea to review them before you continue. Gdim and F#dim. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and listen carefully.lesson.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E. The chords we will be using in addition to the E.01. The chords will then be E7. do some melodic and/or harmonic embellishments. It will typically end on a V7-chord.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . You can find one example of a turnaround chord sequence in E in the lesson Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. and give them these strange root notes.Lesson 1 Part 2 The turnaround takes you from the end of one verse to the beginning of the next. If we take the root out of the E7. From there the second part goes to the V7-chord. and return to the I-chord. But it will often function as an E7. D#7 and D7. the sequence will be: If you like the site. we are left with a G#dim chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1. As pointed out in the Blues Guitar .Lesson 1. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: E G#dim Gdim F#dim E Written in tablature. the blues turnaround usually has two parts: The first part takes place from the first beat of bar 11 to the first beat of bar 12.

It will then be E#dim7.torvund.D7 . which means that I do not want them to function as 7th chords in this context. Your ears decide what you like.E. But listen carefully to the subtle differences between the three chord sequences E . What is right for you is right.E7 . part 1 E E7 D#7 D7 E I think they sound better as dim chords. I prefer the dim7 in this contxt. http://www.Edim7 D#dim7 . E .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .F#dim .01.G#dim . If I should make them into some kind of 7th chords.E and E .E#dim7 .Lesson 1. Edim7 and D#dim7.Gdim .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.D#7 . I am telling you what kind of chords I prefer to use in this context.asp (2 of 3)07.E.2005 04:01:58 . E E#dim7 Edim7 D#dim7 E There is no right or wrong here.

Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07. part 1 More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 1 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.01.2005 04:01:58 .torvund.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .

Other parts have to be written from scratch. So I give no promises on when it will be finished .01. So do not expect me to start at the top of the outline and include new material in sequence . and still I learn a lot from having to work with it . Some of the material has already been on the net for a while.Introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and some is almost ready for the net. and there might be more than one reading list that utilizes the same material. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.if it ever will. But it takes time.torvund. along with material that I now think should have been in the book and material from books that was never written.Blues Guitar . I have decided to make the content of the book available on the net. It is fun to write about music. and published it as a book. I used to teach blues guitar to help support my living.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Introduction.even though the sequence is meant to be a recommended sequence for studying the material. The outline is a reading list with reference to underlying documents. and other periods where I do not touch it at all. Eventually I collected and edited the material I used in my teaching. But look back to this page from time to time. and see if some of the headlines in the outline has turned into active links. it would probably be of little use for the majority of you anyway. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:02:00 . But the book has long been out of print. The book was published for the first time in 1980.asp07.net I appreciate comments http://www. and a 2nd edition was published in 1990.Introduction Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E When I was a law student. The book was revised.and my own learning is the major inspiration for the work. And since it was published in Norwegian only. I know from experience that there will be periods where I work a lot on this project. even if it is fun.

you need to know four chords: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:03 . practise just this movement without caring about your 4th finger until it is fluent. (The lessons might be overlapping). Usually I will recommend that you use 1st finger on 4th string. Just move the finger across. To play the blues in it's simplest form. Look at the fingering indicated in the chord diagrams. Then you just add your 4th finger on 2nd fret 1st string for the B7. It might be an alternative to finger the A7 with 2nd finger on 4th string and 3rd finger on the 2nd string. 4th string. With this fingering it might be easier to change to and from both E and B7. The blues progression in E can be played as follows: If you like the site. 1st fret.Blues Guitar .01.keep it on the 2nd fret of the 5th string through the change. The fingering of the Echord is in my view the only sensible way to finger this chord. This will reduce the finger movement. On the other hand. go to my BASIC BLUES and Basic 12-bar blues lessons. You use two fingers. But in the E chord it holds the first fret on the 3rd string. A typical beginner error is to lift all the fingers off the fingerboard and relocate each finger. the easiest way to finger the simple A7 chord is with 1st finger on 2nd fret. but you do not have the A chord under your fingers. This will give you an A chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter E Retailers: E7 A7 B7 How to finger the chords If you are not used to play these chord. But it is the least flexible fingering. and in B7 it holds it on the 4th string. and the finger will be a guide for the rest of your fingers. Your 3rd finger crosses in the opposite direction. from 4th string 2nd fret to 3rd string 2nd fret. the more fluent will the changes be. When looked at in isolation.The 12 bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . E is a popular key for blues guitar. If you can keep a finger where it is. There is also only one way to finger this voicing of the B7 chord.torvund. So I will not recommend this fingering. We start with the blues progression I have labeled Blues progression 1. you get the Amaj7 by placing your 1st finger on 3rd string. It depends on where you are coming from and where will go next. and the less you do it. 2nd finger on 3rd string and 3rd finger on 4th string. When fingering chords. For a more on the 12 bar blues progression in general. Be careful with how you finger these changes. but it is not the easiest key to play if you are a beginner on the guitar. There is no clear "right" or "wrong" when it comes to fingering of the A and A7 chord. The first finger is on 1st fret in both chords. the change to and from B7 in particular might be a bit difficult. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. in the key of E. and you get A7.asp (1 of 4)07. and 2nd finger on 2nd fret. Lift off the 2nd finger.Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E This is the first in a series of lessons on playing blues guitar. while the other two are placed in a useless position. It takes time to shift fingers. 2nd string. do it. you should try to make as little finger movement as possible. lifting it as little as possible. Don't lift the finger off the string just to place it where is was . If you find the change difficult. Notice that your 2nd finger is in the same position in both chords.

The E7-A change could be seen as a V-I resolution in the key of A.4. but effective and very useful lick. is that we can notate a chord structure that can be applied to any key. The root chord will then be I. IV=A and V=B.4. Count the rhythm as you play. Download Finale File http://www.The 12 bar blues in E MIDI file .01.4. Play the blues slow with a steady rhythm with four beats in each bar.3 . It is almost as the harmony starts preparing for a jump to A. and which note in the bar you are playing.2 . and it really illustrates the double identity of the I-IV change. and you can play it on "auto-pilot".3 . But I am not saying that this is exactly how Muddy Waters played the song. And this is in fact just what it does. and the chord a fifth above is labeled V. The chord a fourth above is labeled IV. The 12 bar blues will then be: Listen carefully to the change from E to E7.2 . By the name I have assigned to it.asp (2 of 4)07.2 . It is a simple lick played on the two bottom strings (or on the 6th string only. The advantage of using such notation. You must play the 12-bar blues progression until it becomes second nature to you. until you get to 12 .2005 04:02:03 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction.Blues Guitar .12 bar blues in E We often use roman numbers to indicate chords relative to the root chord.4. etc. you will probably understand that it is inspired by Muddy Waters and the playing in his son The Hoochie Coochie Man.torvund.3 . 3 . when it is time to start over from 1 again. The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" I will give you one rather simple. I the key of E the numbers will be: I=E. if you prefer that).2 . You should know both in which bar you are. The way to count is 1 . 2 .

and the 'B. I do not know this specific set. I will suggest these for beginners: Order from: Beginner's Blues Guitar Fred Sokolow teaches you how to accompany yourself while singing the SheetmusicPlus (US) blues. Beginning Blues Guitar.. Happy Traum Teaches Blues guitar Beginning Blues Guitar. All you need to know is how to play a Bestseller! few basic chords to get started playing along with this user-friendly book/audio package. Way back in the 70's. slow blues. King secret scale pattern. throughout the neck. Addresses the simple blues form in E. play-along 'jam' tracks. This book will help build the foundation for your understanding of blues guitar techniques and styles for both acoustic and electric guitar. Songs and solos are presented in standard notation and tablature with lyrics. This book/CD will guide you through everything you need to know to begin playing blues Bestseller! guitar: shuffle rhythms. a blues series on cassettes by Happy Traum was a great help for me. Happy gradually starts adding fills. Beginning with the most basic strumming of a 12bar blues pattern.Blues Guitar .. runs. Steps One & SheetmusicPlus Two Combined(Book & CD) Amazon UK Performed by Keith Wyatt. Acoustic Blues. turnarounds. A Hands-On Beginner's Course In Acoustic Country Blues Homespun Listen & Learn Series Take a lesson in fingerstyle blues guitar from one of the world's most respected teacher/performers. it should be a good one. ToC No HL841082 Review: Order From: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order from: The Ultimate Beginner Series . But: I am a bit sceptic to a version where the audio is squeezed down to on CD. Published by Hal Leonard. and C.. Take the first step towards mastering blues guitar. blues scale positions.torvund.the entire lick on one string More Material on Basic Blues Guitar If you want some books and CDs to work with. and C.. Kenn Chipkin.G. but as I know Happy Traum.. bass rhythms and 'boogie woogie' walking bass patterns that make the basic blues progression come alive. call and response patterns. gradually expanding on concepts. See more info. I hope he publish the full version of the course on CDs. Includes simple first position blues scales needed for soloing (both fingerpicking and flatpicking) in the keys of E. in addtition to surfing the web. blues soloing..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. turnarounds..2005 04:02:03 . Beginning Blues Guitar. Includes 3 CD's.01. You'll learn to play melodies and solo in several keys.Blues Guitar Basics.G.B.The 12 bar blues in E Alternate fingering . (SG98506BCD) See more info.asp (3 of 4)07.' See more info. ToC No WBUBSBK103CD Review: http://www.

Blues Guitar . Download all files as a zip-file. Backing Track . If you have Band-In-ABox or you have downloaded the free Band-In-A-Box player you can play just to listen to the chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.. which makes them boring as listening track. Here's a comprehensive method dedicated to the blues! This book is perfect for beginning blues and rock/blues guitarists.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. They are long 10-15 minutes. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . ToC No AP8230 For more suggestions. The Enhanced CD demonstrates the examples in the book.asp (4 of 4)07.The 12 bar blues in E Order from: Beginning Blues Guitar (book & Enhanced Cd) SheetmusicPlus Blues Lead Guitar.torvund. This is the best step-by-step blues method for guitar that teaches the substance and style of the blues.net I appreciate comments http://www.01. Backing Tracks for Practise Here you can find a simple Band-In-A-Box file with this 12 bar progression in E. but good for practise.2005 04:02:03 . Published by Alfred Publishing.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . For more information.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. go the the Beginning Blues Guitar in the Guitar Books Section. 90 and 120).12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. There are tons of licks in the styles of the blues masters such as Muddy Waters and Buddy Guy. and as backing tracks. (Complete Blues Guitar Method). All examples are shown in standard music notation and TAB. See more info. Beginning Blues Guitar. and as a backing track for your own playing.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . Use them to get the sound of the cords. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.

the V7 chord is B7. and the progression will be: http://www.Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Backing Track .2005 04:02:05 .asp (1 of 3)07. the this progression will be: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. For more information.01.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. But there are many variations of the form. You will often hear the IV chord in 2nd bar instead of the I chord.torvund. Download all files as a zip-file. In E. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E In roman numbers. As long as we are in the key of E. I label this progression 12-bar Blues Progression 2. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. the IV chord will be A. the progression will be written as follows: If you like the site. just to give it a name.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E.the turnaround chord Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the first lesson we looked at a very basic 12 bar blues structure in the key of E. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Another variation is to play V7 chords in both bar 9 and 10. In the key of E.

They all come with CDs http://www.2005 04:02:05 .torvund. which will give you this progression: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E . But these three books will take you through many ways of playing the basic 12-bar chord structure.alternate 10 bar You can of course also play a IV-chord in bar 2.Blues Guitar . and at the end before returning to E.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. Over the A chord. I played the lick both as an intro before landing on the A.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E 12 bar blues Type 1 in E .01. As you probably heard.asp (2 of 3)07. with this ending. I played a very simple little figure: Download Finale File Material for further exploration of the blues form.alternate 10 bar More on the "Hoochie Coochie lick" You may have wondered what I played when I came to the A-chord in bar 5. There are of course many books that deals with blues. if you listened to the MP3.

and not the blues as such. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . and bebop blues..BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz.. minor. country. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. New Orleans. accompanying keyboards and more. It explores shuffle. As the name says. 92 pages. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . soloing. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. the book focuses on the shuffle. rock 'n' roll. Unless jazz is you main interest.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. and covers Delta. Texas. (There are many other chords as well).asp (3 of 3)07.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. and other blues styles.01. West Coast. (HL695005) See more info. Includes tab and notation. the book focuses on the shuffle. . The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Rhythm/backup. By Jim Ferguson. Jim Ferguson . Chicago.the turnaround chord Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. slow.torvund. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. swing. Covers: boogie. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month .. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. it will take you through various blues progressions.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. Book/CD package. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. turnarounds. This is one of my favorites! See more info. shuffle..Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. bebop. As the name says. riff. intros. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. and jazzy blues progressions.2005 04:02:05 . and other forms of popular music. Chicago. and not the blues as such.Blues Guitar . Kansas City.net I appreciate comments http://www.

The open B string will give you a strong dissonance if you let it ring with the C7 chord. In the last verse.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds the turnaround chord Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You have probably already heard the word turnaround. You might play it on all four beats of the last bar.An introduction to turnarounds Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . or a I7 chord.or at least one usually does not end on this chord.01. It sounds better if you damp it out by leaning your 3rd finger on the 2nd string. You get the C7 just by moving the B7 up one fret. and I am sure that you have heard many turnarounds played. And then you go to B7 by moving the chord down one fret. which is dissolved by the I chord in the beginning of the next verse.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround. The simplest turnaround is just to end on the V7 chord.Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:08 . then it will sound "wrong". that is resolved when you start the next verse. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We can introduce the C7-chord on the second beat in the last bar. give me your vote: You cannot end on the V7 chord . A turnaround turns you around: It takes you from them end of the verse to the beginning of the next. C7 12 bar blues Type 1 in E with turnaround chord http://www.torvund. but it might work well as a quick passing chord. but it does not sound as good. it is not that important. If you like the site. giving you a last line that looks like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. it would be: Retailers: You should notice that the V7 chord is played from the second beat of the last bar. What you do is to create some tension at the end of the verse. But for this very short chord. you have to end on a I chord. You do this by ending on a V7 chord. If you end on the V7 chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter In E. This creates a V7-I change. you will feel that you have to play another verse. If you let a strong dissonance ring.asp (1 of 3)07.

5. and you are ready for another 12 bar.2005 04:02:08 . Backing Track . it is time to turn around to our Hoochie Coochie lick on more time...Blues Guitar .5 x 9. and another simple chromatic run down to A in bar 10. Guitar Method.. For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. it is a very simple move ut the the B in bar 9. For more information.. And then it is back to the basic lick. and then it is the normal route back to E again. 6. and look at how it ended.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.Blues Guitar by Joe Bennett. a run I am sure you have heard many times before. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . with turnaround chords this time.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. It's Easy To Fake.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.torvund.. From SheetmusicPlus Backing tracks for practise I leave you with these backing tracks with 12-bar blues type 1 and 2. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb More on Blues Turnarounds http://www.01. In bar 12 there is little chromatic run from A to B.asp (2 of 3)07. Blues Lead Guitar. (AM973775) See more info. Download Finale File PDF-File If you want to make a short cut . 96 pages. Published by Amsco. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. As you see..An introduction to turnarounds The end of the Hoochie Coochie lick When starting on the turnaround. softcover.

Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .torvund.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:02:08 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .01.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .An introduction to turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .

which makes it possible to combine legato and staccato lines. but you will need a lot of practise to get control.. Left hand damping If you like the site. you will be able to damp the bass-strings and let the treble strings ring out. It takes some time to get the control you need. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Rhythm is a key to good blues playing. Blues. Book and CD. 72 pages. You can damp the strings by either the right hand . ToC No AM971432 Review: Order from: Blues Rhythm Guitar Technique Book/Cd Guitar method. Order from: Easy Blues Rhythms For Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Ed Lozano. This is the key to the rhythm of Bo Diddley. the left hand or both. and by that damp the whole chord. It creates a stronger rhythm if we cut the notes short and have a more staccato playing.Damping techniques Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . If you are playing barré chords. With this technique you can damp out individual strings.asp (1 of 2)07. Instructional method book with compact disc. A classical player will damp by resting the fingertips on the strings. and by that stop the ringing. rock and jazz players will usually damp the strings by either the heel or the side of the hand. It is "simple".Blues Guitar . but that does not mean easy.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping. and you need to learn damping techniques to get the rhythm. it can be almost only rhythm. See more info. A lighter damping will give you more of the actual note. You can strum the strings without letting them ring. You will often do it by leaning over the finger that is fretting the adjacent string. which gives you a strong rhythm. It is simple. But it is harder to get a really driving rhythm with this technique. See more info. Published by SheetmusicPlus Koala Publications (Australian import). you will touch this string with one of your fingers.6 verses with various damping techniques Right hand damping You can damp the strings with your right hand in two different ways. ToC No CP-69100 Review: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. But it is a must for rhythmic playing.. Is is almost as if you are playing some kind of a drum. This can give you a driving rhythm and a singing melody and/or clear harmony at the same time. Published by Amsco.. What to prefer depends on what you are playing. You can vary the time from playing to damping. This is the main element in the Merle Travis / Chet Atkins style. you can release the barré. If you damp hard (short time). Retailers: After some time of practise. You can have an even strum of 8th or 16th notes.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm We do not always want the strings to ring out. You "simply" touch the strings with your hand. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in E . and create a strong syncopated rhythm just by damping with you left hand.01.. Guitar Method. for instance if one string will give you a note that does not belong to the chord you are playing.2005 04:02:10 . give me your vote: Damping by left hand is also done by touching the strings with your fingers.torvund. If you want to damp out individual strings. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

Rhythms & Secrets DVD.. 2nd Edition guitar. Includes: classic blues chord voicings. Inc. See more info.. Size 8.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . Level: Intermediate.asp (2 of 2)07. licks & phrases. QwikLicks. ToC No MB20389DP Review: The Ultimate Beginner Series Beyond Basics: Blues Guitar Rhythm Chops Keith Wyatt. DVD.Blues Guitar . ToC No WBREH891 Blues Riffs. Guitar video: DVD/VHS Video.Damping techniques Order from: Blues Guitar Rhythm Basics SheetmusicPlus By Corey Christiansen. blues progression variations. Blues.torvund. This video has all the tricks to help you go beyond the basics of playing blues rhythm guitar.75.75x11.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . Published by Warner Brothers. Published by Mel Bay Publications. GIT's resident blues authority..Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . For Guitar (Electric).2005 04:02:10 .01.net I appreciate comments http://www. ToC Review: Order DVD from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus No FR00915 For more on Rhythm Guitar.. go to the Rhythm Guitar Page in the Guitar Books Sections Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . Edited by Tim Landers. and several complete 12-bar blues progressions. Published by Music Sales. chord substitution.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping. straight-eightth and shuffle patterns. Keith explores everything from straight-eighth boogie blues to rock shuffles and sophisticated uptown styles. 3 pages.. DVD+Chart. reveals his favourite blues chord voicing and comping concepts.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See more info. See more info..

but now I will mention Sweet Home Chicago and You've Got A Good Friend. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues. technique and style of Robert Johnson. With notes and tablature.. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). Solos. I have included references to books and CDs that I think should be of interest. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. 30 sec) from the majority of the records they have listed. Of these two notes. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. the first is longer and heavy. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues. In this study. This gives you the shuffle rhythm. But the "Early .Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. 64 pages. Amazon US and Amazon UK for records by John Lee Hooker. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first Delta artist to record a shuffle. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Don't ask me what shuffle really means. See more info. Stove Pipe Stomp. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. ToC No HL695264 Review: For more on this style.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. was Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues from 1935." is more of an instruction series. Books and records for further studies If you want to learn the blues. but I list a few that in my view are good collections. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. By Dave Rubin.. the second is short and light. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. Amazon US and Amazon UK have soundbits (ca. If you don't know the artists.torvund. with detailed breakdown of the songs. Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s. A tip: CDNOW. Everyone interested in blues guitar should know Robert Johnson. Inc. Some are very good. You have to use some damping to get it right. Book/CD package. But it is used as a term for a rhythm where each beat is subdivided in two. Published by Mel Bay Publications.. give me your vote: Robert Johnson . some are not. for the first. You simply have to listen to Robert Johnson if you are serious about blues guitar.01. If you search CDNOW. And now. is it time to mention Robert Johnson. but far from last time in this series of blues lessons. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman. I have made a separate web-page with references to material on his playing." set.2005 04:02:14 . Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues. you will get an impression of their playing style by listening to some of these soundbits. see: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann.Amazon US has also made available a large number of music files for free download. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots . Retailers: Robert Johnson. I am not pretending that I know all their records. Book and CD package. you have to listen to the real bluesmen and study their playing style. which is the back bone of a lot of blues playing. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Performed by Robert Johnson. Hard Time Killin' Floor.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . you will find more than 200 titles. Many bluesmen have issued hundreds of records. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman.. You can hear it on the record Roots Of Robert Johnson.. and then "Free Downloads" on the banner menu. Many his songs have a shuffle style. But I will suggest that you start with this one: If you like the site. Size 9x12 inches. Choose "Music" on the menu to the left at their main page. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E.

2 There are two ways to finger the A-shuffle. and play out of 2nd fret. Jimmy Reed . This fingering is even harder. But if you remove one finger from you fretting hand.asp (2 of 3)07.in my opinion . is by making a short barré covering two strings on 2nd fret with your index (1st) finger.recommend that you don't use it. The 4th finger will never be the stronger of your fingers. Then you use the 3rd finger on 4th fret. and 4th finger on 5th. Amazon UK The typical shuffle is played as a chord fragment on two bass strings.. You can either move the second A-position up two frets.unless you Amazon US go for the Boxed set with 10 CDs. There is only one way to finger the shuffle over the E . you will limit you playing possibilities.E7 chords. or you can move the fingering across to the 5th and 4th string. But since there are no open string. Lonnie Johnson. I have even seen well known instructors . and don't use it. You play only the bottom two (or three) stings. (HL694937) See more info. E7) shuffle. 2nd finger on 5th string. the B7 is difficult. As always.. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Order Jimmy Reed : Blues Masters-Very Best Of Jim from: I have not found any CD that includes all the songs in the book above . But be careful not to play the 6th (bottom) string. Use your pinky (4th finger)! Many guitar players find their 4th finger too weak. but with some training it can do a lot of work! http://www. Then you can use 3rd finger on 5th string. 4th and maybe 3rd string. and fret the 4th fret with your 3rd (ring) finger. What you are doing. including: Cross Road Blues * I'm Gonna Yola My Blues Away * Lead Pencil Blues * Life Saver Blues * My Black Mama * Roll and Tumble Blues * You Gonna Need Somebody When You Die * and more. The book is discussed a little further in conjunction with The book of the month August 2002. E6. Here you can hear the first recorded delta blues shuffle: Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues Order from: Amazon US Amazon UK Order from: Acoustic Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Dave Rubin. This collection presents note-for-note transcriptions and performance notes for 12 timeless songs that inspired the legendary Robert Johnson. It takes some time to get enough control to play a good shuffle without hitting the 6th string. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-for-note transcriptions). by seminal bluesman such as Blind Blake. it is a moveable position. pos.Blues Guitar . 7th fret. 1 shuffle. 9th fret. In E we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 5th string. Size 9x12 inches. and you get the 7th chord. and 4th finger on 10th fret. The best way . Skip James. Son House.no name given . is to shift from E to E6 or A to A6.01. Go to the 5th fret with your 4th finger.torvund. . 72 pages.. and make a small barré with your 1st finger over the 4th and 5th string at 2nd fret. and in A we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 4th string. E- A- A- shuffle (E. Published by Hal Leonard. You will notice that we alternates between two shapes while playing to one chord.to finger this shuffle. Published by Hal Leonard. It is a tough stretch..E6 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. (HL695139) See more info. which makes it very useful. The other position is out of the 5th fret: 1st finger on 6th string.2005 04:02:14 . With notes and tablature. Booker White and others. 5th fret. I just move it across to the 5th. When coming down from B7 (see below) I might prefer this fingering. so it will take some time to get it. It is a matter of practise. Roots of Robert Johnson This CD has nothing to do with the book of the same title. I usually prefer to play it almost as I play the Eshuffle.Master Bluesman* Performed by Jimmy Reed. pos. But the record listed should give a good selection.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002.

one will typically use down-strokes only.asp (3 of 3)07. In Chuck Berry's style. giving a more straight feel. Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . while all downstroke give you a more even and straight sound.Blues Guitar . they are almost equal.01. 3rd. Go to the Next lesson for a 12-bar shuffle blues written out in tab. The distance between the frets are smaller higher up the neck.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. You will eventually be able to stretch you fingers more. A stretch from 2nd to 5th fret might be somewhere from very hard to almost impossible. until you can play the stretch without the capo. or by down-strokes only. Another way to vary the shuffle.net I appreciate comments http://www.and up-strokes. 4th or whatever fret that makes it comfortable. and one can have the feeling that the fingers are too short. Both verses are played with alternating down.and up-strokes as done in the recorded example mentioned above. But a good way to practise these stretches is to put on a capo in 2nd. You can either play alternating down. In Chuck Berry style and in more modern heavy rock style. meaning that the first part is much longer and more heavy than the second. Jimmy Reed typically plays with a heavy shuffle.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Are your fingers "too short" for the stretch? Use capo! The shuffle requires a stretch that some players find hard. it is really a matter of practise.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Alternating strokes tend to emphasize the heavier shuffle.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . Move the capo down one fret at the time. but the stretch from 7th to 10th fret (with capo on 5th fret) might be quite comfortable. where the first verse is played with a heavy shuffle.torvund. Again. By varying the ratio between the first and second part of the beet. Click here for an example of a shuffle. and the second with a more straight feel.2005 04:02:14 . you can create different grooves. is to vary the strokes.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle. 7th and 9th fret. I have been faithful to the shuffle throughout the piece.E-Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Lesson 4B: Blues Guitar .E-Shuffle Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File As always when we are playing in the key of E. You may prefer to play the B7as it is written to the right. In the arrangement above. then you continue with A7as you played in bar 5 and 6. It is easier to play.01. This is the way Eric Claptonusually plays when he is playing acoustic blues in E. http://www. But you do not have to do that.2005 04:02:21 .Blues Guitar . you do not go up to 5th.asp (1 of 2)07. the B7gives us some challenges. why should not we do it? If you play this B7.torvund. If he can. and it will often sound better.

2005 04:02:21 .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .E-Shuffle Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .01.Blues Guitar .torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle.

But they fit nicely together.Blues Guitar .01. Combine them.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Now you should have a simple. As I hope you have seen.asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:02:23 . but very effective lick and an equally simple but strong rhythm pattern under your belt.torvund. and you are ready for prime time.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle. they work well on their own. Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.

01. Size 9x12 inches. you can get your own mojo working for you. Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Waters DVD SheetmusicPlus Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the roots of this MusicRoom Classic American song form.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Order from: Muddy Waters . By learning the secrets of his technique.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . DVD (Digital Video Disc)..torvund. By Bob Margolin.2005 04:02:23 . Published by Hal Leonard.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . (HL660052) See more info. Published by Hal Leonard. Dvd.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle.Blues Guitar .Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin...5 inches. Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab).. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters . 48 pages.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Performed by Muddy Waters. Signature Licks Licks DVD.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.3x7.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . See more info. Size 5.

labeled E/Am shape. The fingerings for the A/C# (F#m7). I prefer to play the A-chord as a partial barré with 1st finger fretting 2nd. As usual. But we will not discuss that in this lesson. Here we get a little bit into chord substitution. and at the same time not touch the 1st string. It takes some time to get this position to sound good: To fret three strings in a way that gives you a clear tone. and we play C instead of the A7. Again you play them as closed position chords. Middle minor shape.Blues Guitar . In this harmonized shuffle. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A/C# (F#m7) G D/F# (Bm7) C You might prefer not to play the middle note. you might play an A/C# chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.01. I also prefer to play the C-chord as a similar partial barré. E6 and E7 shuffle (and the similar in A).Harmonized shuffle in E http://www. A-shape and Middle D-shape. The chord might be also be written as F#m7. The /C# means that you are playing a C# as bass note. you will find a discussion of these sonic shapes.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We can build on the E. but extend it to chords. G. If you take a sidestep to my Harmonized fretboard lesson. Over the A-chord.2005 04:02:26 .asp (1 of 3)07. It takes some time to get this right. the B7 gives us some trouble. we do not play the 1st string. Then we move the chord up to a G. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. which again means that you are playing the chord in first inversion. Instead of E6.torvund. If you want to continue the harmonized shuffle. just the two on the outer strings. D (Bm7) and C are shown below. but now played with the 3rd finger. 3rd and 4th strings in 2nd fret. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. we play D (or Bm7) instead of the A6. But you might also just go out of the harmonized shuffle and play a more simple pattern over the B7 chord.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . played as an E-chord moved up to 4th/5th fret. Play these chords as closed position chords => do not play any open strings. In this progression. Experiment with it! 12 bar blues . so it does not really matter if you touch it with your 1st finger. you can move the closed A patterns two frets up.

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.2005 04:02:26 .asp (2 of 3)07.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.Blues Guitar .01.

New Orleans.2005 04:02:26 . As the name says.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . Material for further exploration the shuffle.IV . and covers Delta. Includes tab and notation.torvund.The I . As the name says.01. and bebop blues. Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Chicago. or if we shift the order.asp (3 of 3)07. West Coast. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.net I appreciate comments http://www. It explores shuffle. country. Kansas City. (HL695005) See more info. This chord progression is discussed in my lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World . boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. and not the blues as such. Texas.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.. and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.IIIb . Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar .IIIb progression.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.. the book focuses on the shuffle. it can be labeled a I-IV-IIIb progression. the book focuses on the shuffle. a I-IIIb-IV progression.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .IV and I . it will take you through various blues progressions.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle If we look at the harmonized shuffle as a chord progression.

01. a fingering that leaves your 4th finger free.Treble shuffle in E If you like the site.torvund.A6 . You can have the same kind of minor . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. hammering on to 1st fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.major change. So it is better to slide the whole chord up from 1st to 2nd fret. fingered as discussed in Blues Guitar lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E.E7 is played on the treble strings.E6 . you fret 2nd string 3rd fret. 12 bar blues . but he fingerpicks with a monotone bass. Personally I like this new voicing better. Look in the tabulature for this. and to get E7. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. so we do not care about this chord now. I think of it as typical for the playing of Brownie McGhee. Now the movement E .Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . but the fingering is more difficult. you fret 2nd string 2nd fret. B7 is difficult.Blues Guitar . It gives you a change from Em to E Over the A-chord we have the same movement. You should know both. Note that this gives you another voicing of the E7 chord than the one shown in the first lesson.E6 .A7 Retailers: I often start with open 3rd string as a pick-up note.2005 04:02:29 . once again with the 4th finger doing all the work on 1st string.E7 A . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We start with an E-chord. but it is a matter of context and of taste. E .Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie This is another variation of the shuffle.asp (1 of 3)07. To get E6.

Chicago. the book focuses on the shuffle. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation. Texas. country. the book focuses on the shuffle. Kansas City.. New Orleans. it will take you through various blues progressions. and covers Delta.2005 04:02:29 .asp (2 of 3)07.01. It explores shuffle. As the name says. and not the blues as such. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. and bebop blues.Blues Guitar ..Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle. Rhythm Playing http://www. As the name says. (HL695005) See more info. West Coast. and not the blues as such.

Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .2005 04:02:29 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .01.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.

Muddy Boogie There are many variations of the shuffle.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Guitar .01.asp (1 of 3)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.2005 04:02:30 . The first is one that reminds me of the playing of John Lee Hooker.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and that is why I have called it Boom Boogie. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. I have included a few variations.Boom Boogie Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

(Follow the link to artist for more information). 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'. you can get this book. lyrics. Format: guitar tablature songbook. 9x12 inches. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks. 112 pages.. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.2005 04:02:30 . John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www.. introductory text and performance notes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.. series. chord names. See more info. guitar notation legend.01. For guitar and voice.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Boom Boogie Download Finale File For more on John Lee Hooker's playing. performed to simulate the original recordings.. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists.. John Lee Hooker: . ToC No HL660169 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order from: John Lee Hooker .torvund. Includes 'Boom Boom'.Blues Guitar .Play Guitar With.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker. standard notation. With guitar tablature.asp (2 of 3)07. Published by Hal Leonard.. vocal melody. Blues.

torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar .Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.2005 04:02:30 .asp (3 of 3)07.Muddy Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .net I appreciate comments http://www.

You change from E to E7 just by adding the 4th finger on 2nd string.torvund. and this is easy. with 1st. If you finger the A-chord as you would normally do. They will "always" (there is no really "always" or "never" in blues) take place in bar 11 of a 12 bar blues. you will have to reposition your hand once more.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce.Am . as shown in the diagram. by going back to the position you just left. you should finger the A-chord with your 2nd. Retailers: If you like the site. We use the same fingering of the E7 as we used in the Treble Shuffle. and land on the I chord in the first beat of bar 11. If you finger the A-chord as you would usually do. it starts form the I chord at beat 1 of bar 11 and ends on another I chord at the first beat of bar 12. 3rd and 4th beat of bar 11. it makes your playing more fluent. as indicated in the A / Am diagram.01. this time in the first beat of bar 12. The fingering of the A-chord might feel awkward. What fingering to choose depends on where you are coming from and where you are going. You come down from the V7 -IV7 chords in bar 9 and 10. There is no correct way to finger one specific chord. Note the fingering of these chords. But when you go from E7 to A.Muddy Boogie Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:33 . you only have to move your fingers a little bit. The turnaround lick takes place on 2nd. you will have to reposition the entire hand. But I am sure you know that there is more to the turnaround than just the ending chord.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . We pick up from where we left in lesson 3. In this lesson we will look closer at the chord sequence that we used in The Harmonized Shuffle in E. and continue with a sequence of chords in bar 11. These chords are A7. But on the second beat of bar 11 you take off for something to make the ending more interesting.(E). More on Blues Turnarounds http://www. and you once again land on the I chord.A Turnaround Chord Sequence Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . 3rd fret.asp (1 of 2)07. you only have to lift your pinky if you finger the chords as described. But before we do that.E7 . 3rd and 4th finger. If you to it this way.Blues Guitar . In E this means that you play B7 . In this sequence of chords you are coming from E to E7. you should know where the turnaround licks takes place.A7 and then land on E. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have discussed the turnaround chord. give me your vote: E7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A A / Am Am The sequence of chords is (E) .. The key to a fluent playing of the sequence is the fingering of the A-chord. A and Am. 2nd and 3rd finger. When you continue to the Am. but in this particular chord sequence.A .

Blues Guitar - A Turnaround Chord Sequence

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks - Muddy Boogie

Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:33

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E
Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

So far we have been playing turnarounds as chords only, and we have only used one chord sequence. There are many more you can use. But I am sure you know that there are many turnaround licks, played as more or less melodic runs. You should learn as many turnaround licks as possible. In the long run it is boring if you use only one turnaround for all your songs. And they are building blocks for solos.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
This one is hard to read, but easy to play. You only strum the chords, until you come to the turnaround.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
PDF-File

Turnarounds in E (not edited yet)
Download Finale File Order from: Blues Turnarounds A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. By Dave Rubin and Rusty SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Zinn. Guitar Educational. Book and CD package. With notes and tablature. Size 9x12 inches. 40 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info... ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe - 101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. McCabe's 101 Series. Blues. Level: Multiple Levels. Book/CD package. Licks and phrases. Size 8.75x11.75. 48 pages. Published by Mel Bay Pub., Inc. See more info... ToC No MB95360BCD Review:

More on Blues Turnarounds
q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Further references Ls:G1 1998-08, Ls:GP 2000-03

Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Fill In

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1
Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

You have of course noticed that turnaround-like licks are not only played at the end of each verse, but at the end of each line. I call these licks at the end of the first and second line Fill in licks. They are basically the same as turnaround licks, and takes place in the same position in the line: They start from a I-chord at the first beat of the third bar of each line, and end on a I-chord on the first beat of the last bar of each line. The last three bars of the last bar varies, according to which line it is. In the first line we go to a I7 chord, on the second line we stay at the I chord, and as we already know: The last line often ends at a V7 chord.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

12 bar blues in E with fill ins

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:37

torvund.2005 04:02:37 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .01.asp (2 of 2)07.Fill In Download Finale File PDF-File Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

2005 04:02:40 . «Ramblin' on my mind». Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Shuffle with fill ins Retailers: If you like the site. You can of course combine the shuffle with fill-ins.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . The example show one way to break up the monotony of the shuffle. made famous by Eric Clapton's recordings. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2.01. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. some sounds better at the end of the first or second line.asp (1 of 3)07. But some sounds better at the end of a verse.Part 1 In principle all turnaround licks can be used as fill-in licks. It is loosely based on a Robert Johnson's classic.torvund. Your ear decide what to choose.

technique and style of Robert Johnson. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. Size 9x12 inches. ToC No HL695264 Review: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues. http://www. Inc.. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). See more info. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. Book/CD package. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots .2005 04:02:40 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus . The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues.. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub. Published by Mel Bay Publications.asp (2 of 3)07. Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues. In this study. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. With notes and tablature. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. Solos.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2. Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s. The most famous of Robert Johnson's shuffle recordings is probably Sweet Home Chicago.01.. Stove Pipe Stomp. Robert Johnson . But the "Early . Hard Time Killin' Floor.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 PDF-File Other examples are Eric Clapton's recordings of Before You Accuse Me and Malted Milk on his Unplugged album.. Book and CD package. Performed by Robert Johnson. By Dave Rubin. with detailed breakdown of the songs." is more of an instruction series." set. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. 64 pages. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach.. Follow this link for more material on Robert Johnson's playing.torvund. Malted Milk is on of many Robert Johnson classics recorded by Eric Clapton's.

Blues rock and adult contemporary. Go to Recommended Books for Beginning Blues Gutiar to get some suggestions.01. Series: Hal Leonard . lyrics.asp (3 of 3)07. guitar tablature. instructional text and performance notes. guitar chord diagrams.. For guitar.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.2005 04:02:40 . and in particular want some more material for listening and getting the sounds.. I suggest that you get a book/CD set or a video with such material. Performed by Eric Clapton. 72 pages. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom If you think we are going too fast. 9x12 inches. Acoustic Rock. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. Bestseller! introductory text.Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Published by Hal Leonard. chord names. vocal melody.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002. guitar notation legend. With standard guitar notation. Includes instructional book and examples CD. See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2. Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . written by Wolf Marshall.

Blues Guitar . sometimes boring.torvund.Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . It is simple.The Boogie Bass line .it depends on how you play and the context.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E. sometimes interesting . give me your vote: Retailers: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File http://www.asp (1 of 2)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Simple Boogie Bass in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and the Boogie Bass is a good example and a starting point from where you can derive many variations. We can start with a boogie pattern for each chord.2005 04:02:42 .01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If you like the site.Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Many songs are carried by a driving bass-line.

Part 1 Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:42 .asp (2 of 2)07.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .01.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E.The Boogie Bass line .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Bass Boogie in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:44 .Blues Guitar .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . is a more continuous line. and a descending in the second. We play an ascending phrase in the first bar. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 2)07. which we can get if we extend the pattern into a two-bar pattern.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 What we really want.

2005 04:02:44 .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (2 of 2)07.Part 2 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net I appreciate comments http://www.

Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 It is possible to combine a boogie bass-line with chords.asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .01. It give you some long stretches with your 4th finger the finger that has to do most of the work. and work on it. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boogie with chords in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund. But do as we said in lesson 4.2005 04:02:46 .

Part 3 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:46 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.asp (2 of 3)07.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .01.torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.01.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:02:46 .Blues Guitar .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.asp (1 of 3)07.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boom Boogie New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:49 . and have nick named the example Boom Boogie. It is the rhythm that is driving his playing. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 I think of this playing style as typical of John Lee Hooker. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.

series..Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (2 of 3)07. performed to simulate the original recordings.Play Guitar With. Includes 'Boom Boom'. vocal melody..Vital Blues Guitar Authentic tablature transcriptions from the original Detroit recordings of John Lee Hooker's greatest songs. 'Sally Mae' and 'I'm In The Mood'. chord names. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www. standard notation.torvund.. introductory text and performance notes. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. With guitar tablature. 'Boogie Chillen'.. 9x12 inches.01. John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. as well as songs such as 'Hobo Blues'. ToC No HL660169 John Lee Hooker: . Includes a selection of photographs and an interview in which the blues legend discusses his early years. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks. lyrics. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info. But this is a good collection.. ToC No LC10000 Order from: MusicRoom (UK) Amazon USA Order from: John Lee Hooker . 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Material on John Lee Hooker's playing style The Very Best Of John Lee Hooker It is hundreds of John Lee Hooker records on the market.2005 04:02:49 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4. and it is hard to know where to begin. Order from: Amazon USA Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) John Lee Hooker: . Blues.. 112 pages. Format: guitar tablature songbook. guitar notation legend. For guitar and voice.

01.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 4 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:49 .net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5. Muddy Boogie Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. a blues giant we will return to later.Part 5 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 This is a boogie that reminds me of Muddy Waters.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.01.2005 04:02:51 .asp (1 of 3)07.Part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

country. and covers Delta.01. DVD (Digital Video Disc). West Coast.torvund. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Chicago. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing http://www.. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters . It explores shuffle. Performed by Muddy Waters. Kansas City. See more info.Muddy Waters DVD Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom roots of this Classic American song form. Size 5. (HL660052) See more info. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle. Published by Hal Leonard. Includes tab and notation. you can get your own mojo working for you.2005 04:02:51 . As the name says. Size 9x12 inches. Dvd. Signature Licks Licks DVD.Part 5 Download Finale File PDF-File Order from: Muddy Waters ..asp (2 of 3)07. By Bob Margolin.. (HL695005) See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5. Published by Hal Leonard..3x7. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.. Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work. 48 pages. Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab). and bebop blues. the book focuses on the shuffle. Texas.Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line ..5 inches. and not the blues as such. it will take you through various blues progressions. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. By learning the secrets of his technique. and not the blues as such. As the name says. New Orleans.

asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .2005 04:02:51 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.01.Part 5 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. You can also hear Eric Clapton playing the same lick with John Mayall in the song What'd I say.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Trip of the Day New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. This is a 12-bar blues based on the riff from The Beatles' Day Tripper.asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6.Part 6 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Many songs are based on bass-riffs derived from boogie playing. (But Day Tripper is not within the 12-bar blues format and have a few more bars and chords).Part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.2005 04:02:53 .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6.net I appreciate comments http://www. Published by Hal Leonard.. (HL694896) See more info.S.01.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .signature licks Order from: SheetmusicPlus I like the books in the "Signature licks" series.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . * Back In The U. They break down songs. Size 9x12 inches. HL690489 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Breakers* Performed by John Mayall. With notes and tablature.R * Can't Buy Me Love * Come Together * Day Tripper * Drive My Car * The End * Everybody's Trying To Be My Baby * Everybody's Got Something To Hide Except Me And My Monkey * Fixing A Hole * Get Back * Getting Better * Good Morning Good Morning. MusicRoom The songs are: All My Loving * And I Love Her * And Your Bird Can Sing.S.Part 6 Download Finale File PDF-File John Mayall with Eric Eric Clapton . Eric Clapton. by Wolf Marshall. and presents the main parts played slow and up to tempo. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom The Beatles Hits . * A Hard Day's Night * Help! * Helter Skelter * Hey Bulldog * I Feel Fine * I Saw Her Standing There * I Want You (She's So Heavy) * I Want To Hold Your Hand * I'm Down * I've Just Seen A Face * If I Needed Someone * Get Back * The End (HL695049) The Beatles 1 There is of course a book that goes with the No 1 record.2005 04:02:53 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Further references Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-fornote transcriptions). 80 pages..asp (2 of 2)07.

In this lesson we will take a first look into blues fingerpicking. and in my opinion. But suddenly it works.asp (1 of 3)07. Many players support their picking hand by resting their little finger on the guitar top.Blues Guitar . you must apply some right hand damping (see Lesson 4). When you move the thumb.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .Rocking Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Fingerpicking makes it easier to play more than one line at the time. but now I usually play without. I used to play with a thumb pick.01. Then you can move on to Lightnin' Hopkins. you will probably have some difficulties getting the fingers on you right hand to work independent of each other. Remember that fingerpicking is not only for acoustic guitar. But it is harder to get a strong attack and a driving rhythm. not classical guitar. Big Bill Broonzy (not a Texas player) etc. either as quarter notes on the beat or some kind of a shuffle. But we are playing blues. You play a steady bass. and you will never loose the skill. It is not without reason that this playing technique is a No-No among classical guitar players. We start with the monotone bass technique. Many players use a thumb pick when playing in this style. Experiment. Mance Lipscomb is the player to start with. you can move quite freely around the fingerboard. To get a good rhythm.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:02:56 . The only solution to the problem is practice.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking.Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass . I think of this style as typical of Acoustic Texas Blues Guitar. Many electric blues players fingerpicks. the rest of the fingers follows and vice versa. The natural movement of the fingers is to grip. If you are not used to fingerpicking. This playing technique gives you a steady rhythm and a harmonic back bone. or play with a combination of flatpicking and fingerpicking. It might help to give a more forceful attack. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. When playing the bass notes on open strings. and we might give higher priority to a driving rhythm. and find out what you prefer. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Monotone Bass in E If you like the site. but it also stiffens your hand. To learn the basic technique is almost as learning to ride a bicycle: In the beginning it seems almost impossible to keep the balance on the two wheels. it becomes second nature.

and end tags. Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C. that does not get disturbed by what the other fingers are doing.strengthening exercises.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Fingerstyle Blues.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Beginning Blues Guitar. More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman.8bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes. the hammer-on and pull-off. Focused lessons include: finger. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www. but a necessary step on the way to learn fingerpicking. It is boring.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File Start by getting a steady bass line. SG98503BCD See more info.asp (2 of 3)07. A.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. and counterpoint lines.Blues Guitar . blues vibrato. the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note. q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie . 96 pages. D. G. Book and CD. Galbo. phrase-by-phrase instruction.01.2005 04:02:56 .. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . single-string runs.. Published by Amsco.torvund. walking bass. syncopated bass.. You must have a rock solid thumb. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. With graded exercises. This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. and F. illustrated tips.. and it takes time to develop this. (SG95289VX) See more info. Bestseller! See more info.. This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons. plus standard notation and tablature.. E.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. chromatic runs and hot licks. In support of the book's contents. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M.

An introduction to blues fingerpicking q Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Alternating bass.asp (3 of 3)07.Rocking Baby Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. See See Rider Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass .2005 04:02:56 .01.

and make sure that the bass is going steady. add a turnaround. Start with adding a single note here and there. When you listen to people who are playing in this style. But the basic principle applies here as in so many other aspects of our lives: Learn how to follow the rules before you start to break them.2005 04:02:59 . Rocking Baby is an example on how you can combine some melody notes with a monotone bass.Lesson 12 B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When the bass is going.Blues Guitar .01. you can try to add some melody notes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . you will often hear that the bass stops. Rocking Baby New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. But keep it simple.asp (1 of 3)07. etc.

PDF-File More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking http://www. I call it the Boom Boom Lick.01. «Boom Boom lick» This lick is often used in John Lee Hooker's Boom Boom. It is a variation of the "Lightnin' Hopkins lick".2005 04:02:59 .asp (2 of 3)07. but to put it apart.Blues Guitar . I use to call it the «Lightnin' Hopkins lick».net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking.torvund. For this reason.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File «Lightnin' Hopkins lick» The turnaround lick in Rocking Baby is typical of Lightnin' Hopkins.

net I appreciate comments http://www. Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C.Blues Guitar . Bestseller! See more info.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .. Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Beginning Blues Guitar. and counterpoint lines. In support of the book's contents. Focused lessons include: finger. blues vibrato. Galbo. illustrated tips.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. the hammeron and pull-off.2005 04:02:59 .strengthening exercises. walking bass. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking.01. This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons. Book and CD. Published by Amsco. D.8bar blues in A . This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique. phrase-by-phrase instruction. G.. plus standard notation and tablature. E. 96 pages.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Fingerstyle Blues.. With graded exercises. Alternating bass. and F. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: . and end tags. (SG95289VX) See more info.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman. G-Boogie . single-string runs.torvund.. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. syncopated bass. A. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M. SG98503BCD See more info.asp (3 of 3)07.. chromatic runs and hot licks.

As long as there was only one man and his guitar.01. The H7 means B7.16 bar instrumental in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: (I have to re-write this into English notation. In this 16-bar form. and then the whole point of the story has gone. and many songs will not fit into any of these formats.Power Chords The 12-bar format is the most common blues form.16-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . the reason why English speaking people cannot understand the story about Johann Sebastian Bach writing (or improvising . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We have played See See Rider as a 12-bar blues.Rocking Baby Lesson 14: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . he could add or omit a bar or two without causing problems for any others. In Norway. we simply repeat the second line.asp (1 of 3)07. As the note H does not exist in English. the theme would be Bb-A-C-B. by the way. it does not make sense. and the English Bb is B.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.torvund. You can find 8.Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass .2005 04:03:03 . This is.Blues Guitar . the note that is B in English is named H. as in Germany. Now we will play it as a 16-bar blues. give me your vote: See See Rider . New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. but there are many others. 16 (to types) and 24 bar forms. In English.) If you like the site.he was a master improviser) a fugue based on the theme created by his name: B-A-C-H.

01.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:03 .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.16-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.asp (2 of 3)07.

Blues Guitar . The 4th string is a D. G-Boogie . If we move the standard D and D7 chord up two frets.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. and it will crash very hard with the G# in the E and E7 chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . When you play E and E7 in these positions.Rocking Baby Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass .8bar blues in A . We will come back to these chords in the lessons xx and The moveable D/D7 shape. It is a note that belongs to the E7.torvund.16-bar blues There are many new challenges in this arrangement. The 5th string is A. E E7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.asp (3 of 3)07. we get E and E7.net I appreciate comments http://www.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.2005 04:03:03 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . you cannot play the 4th and 5th string.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. but the chord usually does not sound good with the 7th in the bass. First we have to take a look at some moveable chords. You should notice that many turnaround licks starts in this E7 position. Alternating bass.Power Chords Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Muddy's Son of a Boogie Retailers: If you like the site. grew up in the Mississippi Delta.A5-G5-E(5).Power Chords Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this lesson we will take a brief look at some Power Chords. His playing shows the development from the Delta to the City. and some other application of the same chord progression in the lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World. Muddy Waters or McKinley Morganfield that was his real name.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . The example is based on some of his riffs.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions. And repeat the The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" in the first lessons in this series.2005 04:03:06 . Listen to Hoochie Coochie Man and Mannish Boy for two examples. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. But he moved to Chicago. with the chords E(5) .asp (1 of 3)07.Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. He was discovered by the musicologist Alan Lomax in 1941 and became one of the giants of the blues.01.Blues Guitar . both in my Chord Progression series (The lessons are overlapping). if you do not remember it. You can find a little bit more in my Power Chord lesson. and the music moved with him.

It is indicated with an X in the diagram. ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords. When playing G5 as shown in the diagram. and have some kind of an open. you have to damp out the 5th string. For Guitar (Electric). and listen to the difference made by the third. Book. the root and the fifth.asp (2 of 3)07. Size 5.01. Level: Beginning. meaning that you rest one finger on the string to prevent it from ringing. E and Em. It means that they are neither major nor minor. Rock.torvund. Listen to E5. 16 pages. Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords .Blues Guitar . Published by Mel Bay Publications.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen.Power Chords Download Finale File The 5-chords are often called power chords...2005 04:03:06 .5x8. they are not proper chords. See more info. as they have only two notes. Strictly speaking. Gig Savers. You do this by left hand damping. unsettled sound.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions. Inc. chord book. go to: http://www.

torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .01.Blues Guitar .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions.2005 04:03:06 . Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Power Chords q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.

2005 04:03:08 .01.torvund.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions.

As usual. You have to use moveable positions.Blues Guitar .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . F5-pos Bb5-pos Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords . Gig Savers.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Power Chords Download Finale File PDF-File You can hear the same chords in Green Onion.. go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords. Size 5. you get the A5 chord. the B-chord gives us some difficulties. chord book. 16 pages. or the Bb5-pos with 1st finger on 5th string 2nd fret. 7th fret. See more info..asp (2 of 2)07.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. If you play the F5-pos in 5th fret.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. with Steve Cropper on guitar. Rock. For Guitar (Electric).torvund. Level: Beginning. ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions. played by Booker T and the MGs. Inc. and you can choose either the F5-pos played with your 1st finger on 6th string. Book.2005 04:03:08 . Published by Mel Bay Publications.5x8.01.

Size 9x12 inches.asp (1 of 2)07. By Dave Rubin. Gig Savers. ToC No HL695553 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK http://www.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. Performed by The Kinks. It is based on The Kinks You Really Got Me.torvund. With notes and tablature.. chord book. which is one of the classic power-chord tunes. See more info.. If you like the site.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions. Published by Mel Bay Publications.Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . I have made up a bass-theme derived from the smoky original.Blues Guitar . Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). See more info. 16 pages. Published by Hal Leonard.01.introduction You Nearly Got Me This is not blues. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. For Guitar (Electric).Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords . ToC No MB20026 Review: The Kinks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Styles and Techniques of Dave and Ray Davies..2005 04:03:11 . Rock. Inc. 64 pages.. Size 5. Level: Beginning.5x8. but I will nevertheless include it. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Download Finale File Fog on the Water The last example is based on the song that drives every music store employee mad:Deep Purple's Smoke On The Water. Book and CD package. Book.

01. Size 9x12 inches..Greatest Hits A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Style and Techniques of Ritchie Blackmore.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . ToC No HL695625 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK For more on Powerchords. Published by Hal Leonard. Book and CD package. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).asp (2 of 2)07. Performed by Deep Purple.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line ..introduction Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See more info.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:11 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions. go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.Power Chords Deep Purple .Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A . Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . With notes and tablature.torvund.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net I appreciate comments http://www. By Troy Stetina.

introduction Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill We will leave the key of E for a while.Blues in A . In A we will not run into the same kind of trouble as we did in E each time we were coming to the B7 chord. IV=D(7) and V7 is E7. with turnaround chord. We will start looking at blues scales in this key. is: Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in A If you like the site. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in A The 12-bar blues progression 1 in A. The key of A is another favorite key for blues guitar players. One advantage of the key is that you have the root of all basic chords on open strings.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro. but we will return to the key later.introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .torvund.Lesson 14: Blues in A .asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: From this you do of course understand that the blues progression 2 will be like this: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:03:14 .Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar A is also a good key for soloing. In A the three basic chords are: I=A (A7). But first we must make sure that we know the chords and the basic chord progressions.

For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord.torvund.2005 04:03:14 . For more information. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . For more information. This new chord is D7. Download all files as a zip-file. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . There are many ways to finger the D7 chord.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. For more information.01. Download all files as a zip-file.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.Blues in A . Use them to get the sound of the cords. But we will come back to other voicings in a blues context in future lessons. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. and as backing tracks. They are long 10-15 minutes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues http://www.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.introduction There is only one new chord. which makes them boring as listening track. as we are following the circle of fifths from key to key. D7 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track . 90 and 120). go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.Blues Guitar . but I include it just to be sure. You find some examples here. I guess that you know it. but good for practise.asp (2 of 3)07.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Blues in A .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro.01.2005 04:03:14 .torvund.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.introduction q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar .

Listen to his version of Matchbox. among other things.Blues Guitar .Blues in A . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.torvund. But Roackabilly is very much blues based.2005 04:03:16 . is a tune originally by Blind Lemon Jefferson.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 3)07.introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This arrangement reminds me of Carl Perkins (who. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 14: Blues in A . wrote Blue Suede Shoes). In fact the most well known tune after Blue Suede Shoes that is often credited Carl Perkins. Blind Lemon Jefferson recorded the tune many years before Carl Perkins was born. and you will hear some of it. Carl Perkinsis not a blues guitarist.introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .01.

Level: Intermediate.75.. The character will change with different tempos.75x11. so you should experiment. 1950s.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill.introduction Moderate tempo Faster PDF-File I have recorded the tune at a modreate tempo and at a faster tempo.01.2005 04:03:16 .Blues Guitar . Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Amazon UK 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Rockabilly Guitar by Fred Sokolow.asp (2 of 3)07. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Rhythm Playing http://www.. (SG98512BCD) See more info.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Size 8. Book/CD package.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Blues in A . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. 40 pages. Grossman Audio.torvund.

Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 14: Blues in A .net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill.torvund.2005 04:03:16 .Blues Guitar .01.introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.introduction q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .

torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. I assume that your thumb has got some independence. The 5th string is A (I). We will not run into the same kind of problems as we did in E each time we had to play the B7-chord. But just to be sure.asp (1 of 2)07. one advantage of the key of A is that we have the root of each chord on open strings. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Monotone Bass in A Retailers: If you like the site. This time we will work with the Blues progression 2.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A.Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar As said in the previous lesson.Blues Guitar . now in the key of A. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:03:19 . we go another round with only the bass notes. the 4th string is D (IV) and the 6th string is E (V).

2005 04:03:19 .asp (2 of 2)07. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.torvund.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. Alternating bass.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar .

2005 04:03:21 .Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This should not be to difficult.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A.torvund.01.Blues Guitar . which should give you some challenges. Note that I have included an intro. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07. But we move on to an arrangement called Betty Blues. which is nothing but a turnaround phrase played as an intro. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. The actual turnaround in the arrangement is one that is very typical of Robert Johnson. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

01.2005 04:03:21 . G-Boogie .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Alternating bass.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 2)07.8bar blues in A . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.

Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A. Once you have learned positions. you are in the key of A. then you can (often) move them into other keys. is that many positions are moveable.01. licks etc in one key.Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord One of the nice features of the guitar. If you move the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick up 5 frets. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Instrumental in A The next tune is an instrumental in A put together from some standard licks.2005 04:03:24 .torvund.

asp (2 of 3)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Blues Guitar . G-Boogie . Alternating bass. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .torvund.2005 04:03:24 .

01.2005 04:03:24 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.torvund.

Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The key is to slide a partial barré over 2nd. You fret strings 2.The "Long A" chord Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . (as was in fact the turnaround in the previous lesson's Betty Blues as well). Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The chord shape called the "long A" is very useful. I have thrown in many challenges.torvund. The intro is a turnaround lick based on the Long A. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Guitar . 5th fret to get A and The 2nd finger on 1st string. Retailers: A A7 In the arrangement of Going Down Slow. Then you can put you 4th finger on 1st string. Then you see that you can alter easily between A and A7.01.asp (1 of 4)07. 3rd and 4th string from 1st to 2nd fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. 3 and 4 (and actually 1st string too) with your index finger.2005 04:03:29 . and you have a few nice licks right under your fingers. If you like the site. 3rd fret to get A7.

but in bar 2 we go to a D9 chord. fingered as a moveable C7-shape.The "Long A" chord Download Finale File PDF-File The first bar of the 12-bar blues is built around the long A.asp (2 of 4)07.2005 04:03:29 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.Blues Guitar .torvund.01. Again it is a Blues progression 2. http://www.

be moved up and down the neck. We do however play the open 1st string in this bar.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. It will usually have no open strings. The trick is to fret the 1st string 5th fret first with your 1st finger. It gives an E. The lick in bar 7 is really tricky. we play no open strings.01. which we of course can play with the chord. you can use the open 1st string.2005 04:03:29 . The first is A. the next is a partial F7 (or Adim). which is the 3rd of the C chord. If you move it up two frets. You have the E at the 6th string as well. The last one is not easy to label. G#/Ab.Blues Guitar . We start with an E7. and you see how it smoothly changes to A7.asp (3 of 4)07. A (where the open E-string will be the 5th of the chord). You do actually get a series of chords here too. As shown in the diagram. fingered with 1st finger at 1st fret. That is why it is called the C7-shape When payed in this position. Go up two more steps.torvund. In D7. you get a D7. and move them down until you come to the "long A" again.The "Long A" chord A moveable chord can. but here you have to be careful with your fingering to play it smooth. You actually play an descending blues scale in the Long A position. etc. Just keep the A-chord in the beginning. but I will call it Bm7. G. even if it belongs to the chord. but it does not sound very good. and then we move down two frets to D7. then with your 3rd and finally with your 4th finger. but I think of it more as a lick than a series of chords. it is a C7 chord. In bar 9 and 10 we use the Moveable C7-shape again. Then comes a fill in lick. as the name indicates. and you have the E7. You can continue up the neck to F. go to xxxx). which you should finger with 1st and 2nd finger. When I say usually it means that we can use some open strings in some positions. You can read more about the challenges of naming the m7 chords in the lesson on the I-ii http://www. F#/Gb . (For an explanation of the 9th chord. which gave us a D9. Now the open E-strings (1st and 6th) are the root. The turnaround is basically the same as the fill-in in bar 3.

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (4 of 4)07.Blues Guitar .01.2005 04:03:29 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie . Alternating bass.net I appreciate comments http://www.8bar blues in A .The "Long A" chord progression A Notice that it is the sonic shapePartial F F7 (or Adim) Notice that it is the sonic shape D7 Bm7 This is the sonic shape Middle D Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.

Blues Guitar . and you will often hear it in rockabilly music. If you play the A7fragment on 3rd and 4t string. The main lick is a shuffle on 2nd and 3rd string. It is a minor third between the notes. D#dim7 or Adim7. So the same chord can be labeled Cdim7. Just for confusion: The dim7 is a symmetric chord. and then the D at the same string. D7. It is a very useful lick. Look at it as part of an A chord and part of a D-chord.Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . you just move the whole lick up 5 frets. In bar 10 there is a sequence of chords instead of just the D7 chord. The chords are Adim7. If you find it too difficult. or as part of D7 and A(7).A shuffle solo Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . you get the main positions for The Beatles' Doctor Robert Over the D-chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A D A7 D7 Retailers: Adim7 D7 F7 Instrumental break to Betty Blues Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.a simplified blues scale The next arrangement is Betty Blues. just play the D7 If you like the site.asp (1 of 3)07.torvund. F7 and then Adim7 one more time. give me your vote: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. no matter what you choose as root. And you will se from the tab that you slide the lick down at the end of each bar.2005 04:03:34 . It is some kind of a "pre-turnaround". Note that you do not move the 3rd and 4th finger through the changes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.

torvund.A shuffle solo http://www.Blues Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:03:34 .

A shuffle solo Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:03:34 .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo. G-Boogie .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar .8bar blues in A .a simplified blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Alternating bass.asp (3 of 3)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .

2nd on 6th (no notes on sixth fret here. It has a 3b. 5=fifth and 7b=minor seventh. You do of course understand that numbers behind the nut (over the box) indicates note on open strings. that is why it is called penta-tonic (penta=five) Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. So do not get too confused if you see the same boxes with other numbers. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now the number in the diagram no longer refers to fingers. try to keep your hand movement at a minimum.at least no standard I am aware of. There is no common standard for numbering these boxes . I call this box position box position 1. you need to know the minor pentatonic scale. 4=fourth. 3rd finger on 7th fret and 4th finger on 8th fret.the blues scale If you want to play a solo. Use one finger for each fret: 1st finger on 5th fret. These scale box positions are all moveable. 1=root.The minor pentatonic scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . An open string position is not moveable. which makes it a minor scale. And it consists of only 5 tones. you can play in any key just by moving the whole box up or down the neck. I add an "O" to indicate that we now have open strings (and it is really not a box.01.2005 04:03:36 . and play the box from 2nd to fifth fret.often known as box position spans over 4 frets. Retailers: A-pentatonic Box position 1 If you like the site.torvund. and there are 5 boxes in total.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. The scale position . When you have learned this scale in A. 3b=minor 3rd.Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . When playing scales. We move down. but they will come). but to the note of the scale counted up from the root. give me your vote: Don't get too confused by the fact that I am labeling the next box as box position 5.asp (1 of 3)07.a simplified blues scale Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .Blues Guitar . Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 5 Box 4O http://www. but I keep the label). The third box I will present in this box is box position 4O. I am presenting a few boxes in reverse order.

Download all files as a zip-file.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. that in the Finale files. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.The minor pentatonic scale If you want the scale written out in tabulature. You do not have to start with hearing the box 5 MIDI first each time. in case you have not discovered it already. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . For more information.01. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.torvund. and practising scales on your own is boring.Blues Guitar . the first is Blues Progression 1. you can set the number of the bar you want to start from.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .asp (2 of 3)07. and it will forgive every mistake you make. Use them to get the sound of the cords. They are long 10-15 minutes. and the second is Blues Progression 2. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . For more information. Now it is time to tell. and as backing tracks. and/or be able to hear it as a MIDI file. 90 and 120).12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. Both are 8 choruses of slow 12 bar blues in A. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. I have included two Band-InA-Box files (have you downloaded the Free Player?). Download all files as a zip-file. It is more fun to have living musicians to play with .12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. go to the Finale versions. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. For more information.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.the blues scale http://www. which makes them boring as listening track.2005 04:03:36 . For more information. But the Finale files are more patient. but good for practise. You need to practice these scales.

net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:03:36 .01.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.The minor pentatonic scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a.Blues Guitar .

2005 04:03:40 . the 5bare marked as blue circles.blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar . you will find three of Andy Ellis'lessons from Guitar Player Magazineon TruefireThese are downloadable PDF and MP3 files. Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale A- A- A- blues .Blue notes . sometimes as hammer-onand sometimes as normal fretted notes. We can add a few notes to the pentatonic minor. If you want to look a little closer on his playing style. we looked at the minor pentatonic scale.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . and it gets more character.torvund. Full Bloom 1and Full Bloom 2. costing from $ 1 to $ 2.Blues Guitar .the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .01. Sometimes you will do it with a bend.a simplified blues scale One feature that makes blues interesting. Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . It is a minor scale. is the unsettled tonality. or 5bnote.40: Chromatic Bloomfield. The first note is the flatted fifth. to make it a proper blues scale. You can also bend or hammer-on the 4thand by this raising it so a 5b. In the previous lesson.box 4O blues .the blues scale Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Add it to the scale.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale. despite it's simple form.asp (1 of 2)07.box 1 blues -box 5 Michael Bloomfieldused a lot of flatted fifths (and chromatic notes) in his playing. The 3band 7bnotes might be raised to a 3or 7.a simplified blues scale Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale http://www.Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . but it is usually played over major chords. In the diagram.

blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blue notes .asp (2 of 2)07.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:40 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale.

and play some scale licks. but it is not as difficult as it may look. keep the 5th string open (unless you are playing a lick on it).asp07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/20-Long_A_and_blues_scale.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .2005 04:03:43 . we had a difficult descending run in bar 7.01. with indication of which fingers to use. Now we will only look at the relation between Long A and A minor pentatonic scale and A-blues scale. If you go back to the arrangement of Going Down Slow from lesson 16.Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . Retailers: Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . This is the A minor pentatonic box 5 played from a Long A chord. The numbering starts to get confusing. The numbers in red an blue circles indicates the scale degree of the note.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have already done what I am going to explain in this lesson. Just keep the partial barré with your first finger.the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q If you like the site.The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . The change from Long A to A7 is just the beginning of this scale lick. both in Box 5 position. We will look more into relations between scales and chords later. give me your vote: q q q Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .net I appreciate comments http://www. The black circles with numbers indicates the fingering of the Long A.

Minor pentatonic. it depends . maybe. box 2 Minor pentatonic.. ehr.Blues scale in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar .torvund.2005 04:03:45 . well. and ask if they do not belong to the scale. Box 1 I will present two other box-positions in E.Blues Guitar . You will often hear 6th notes played. or on the open 2nd string. I have made two boxes: One with just the E pentatonic minor. box 3 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before http://www. where it includes open strings.. Box 1 E blues scale. but now we move it all the way down the neck. 4th fret. and then some bends and some other notes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E.. Learn to play the minor pentatonic first. And the answer is something like no. You will also notice that I have included an alternative fingering of one of the 5ths..Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions As we have said.asp (1 of 2)07. box 2 Blues scale. This is the blues scale in E. and then try to include the flat 5. The blues will not rest on a 6th note.. in addition to the notes we used in the Ablues scale. We start with Box 1. E minor pentatonic. and then the same box with all the added notes.I thought you would recognize that some of the shuffle noteswhere missing. And you may notice that I have added the 6th. the blues scales are moveable.01. You can either play it on 3rd string.. but mainly as passing notes. I will first present the minor pentatonic.. and it should come as no surprise that these are Box 2and Box 3. and one where I have added all the other notes. box 3 Blues scale.

For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. They are long 10-15 minutes.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.torvund. Download all files as a zip-file. which makes them boring as listening track. For more information. 90 and 120).net I appreciate comments http://www. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . and as backing tracks.asp (2 of 2)07. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . Use them to get the sound of the cords.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.Blues Guitar .12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E.01.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.2005 04:03:45 .Blues scale in E Backing Track . Download all files as a zip-file. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. but good for practise. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .

Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . I have tried to color-code the boxes.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Now it is time to see how these boxes goes together. give me your vote: Box 2 Box 3 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 4 Box 5 Box 1 Then we apply the same boxes to the key of A http://www. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. maybe it only adds to the confusion .torvund. There is actually one dot that is being used in three different positions. I have presented all the boxes in the keys E and A..2005 04:03:53 . The boxes are overlapping.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first set of diagrams is for the key of E Retailers: Box 1 Open If you like the site. I hope you see that dots with two colors belong to more than one box. I have isolated each box-position besides the 15 frets diagram.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 4)07. and it is not too easy to identify each box. Maybe it helps. To make it a little bit easier. while the border is orange.. I have tried to mark that by making the interior blue and green..

See more info.torvund..75.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Box 4 Open Box 5 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 I have not put in any of the blue notes. you can go skiing for hours at a nice and comfortable pace. Musicians Institute Press (Instruction taken from the curriculum of MI). Blues/Rock Soloing for Guitar A Guide to the Essential Scales.01. Inc. You have to go up hill for some time to get to the mountain plateau. See more info. 48 pages. ToC No MI695680 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Jazz Pentatonics SheetmusicPlus Advanced Improvising Concepts for Guitar. improvisation.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.2005 04:03:53 . If not.. Book & CD Package. but when it is done..75x11. Practise these boxes until you can play them on "auto pilot" while having a conversation. it is tempting to use cross country skiing as a metaphor for the learning curve. 48 pages. By Robert Calva. review lesson 19 and lesson 21. Size 8. Licks and Soloing Techniques. Level: Intermediate-Advanced. ToC No MB20416BCD Review: http://www. It might take some effort to get there. But you should by now be able to put them into the boxes. But when you are there. Private Lessons Series. For a Norwegian. With notes and tablature. Book/CD Set. When you have learned these five box positions.asp (2 of 4)07. Taught by Bruce Saunders. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Size 9x12 inches. then you can play the minor pentatonic and the blues scale in all 12 keys. the world opens up.. Jazz. Amazon UK For Guitar (All).Blues Guitar .

Killer Pentatonics for Guitar SheetmusicPlus Book and CD package.. Scales.. Size 9x12 inches. 48 pages. See more info. Published by Hal Leonard. 48 pages. technique. Gig Savers..01. Size 4. See more info. This book is the natural continuation and completion of the process Steve began in his book Contemporary Chord Khancepts. Published by Mel Bay Publications.. Size 9x12 inches..5x8.2005 04:03:53 . ToC No HL695013 Order from: Minor Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. Scales. Published by Hal Leonard. Level: Beginning. Pocket Guide.. For electric guitar. ToC No MB20025 Review: Order from: Major Pentatonic Scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. Frank Zappa. blue scales. ToC No WB0667B Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus The Essential Guide. Book MusicRoom and CD package. With notes and tablature. ToC No HL695699 Order from: Gig Savers: Rock Scales .75... rock & blues.. 32 pages. Steve shares his unique approach to improvising for guitarists of all genres . See more info. ToC No HL699164 Order from: The Ultimate Rock Guitar Scale Finder SheetmusicPlus This companion volume to The Ultimate Rock Guitar Chord Finder helps players figure out the Scales if they know the chords. Size 4.5x12 inches..asp (3 of 4)07.. See more info... Book/CD package.75x11. See more info.. Scales. Scales. all of the modes. country. With notes and tablature.torvund. Stevie Ray Vaughan. 16 pages. Value Line. Level: Beginning. Published by Hal Leonard. Inc. 40 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions. Rock. Published by Hal Leonard.. See more info. Rock. 48 pages. Size 9x12 inches. See more info. and all types of rock scales.. ToC No HL697235 http://www. Also included are tables showing where to find the right scales in any key. Guitar Educational. featuring those popularized by Jimi Hendrix. and Steve Vai. Inc. Pocket Guide.5x12 inches. plus numerous play-along tracks for you to use as you practice and hone your impovisational skills. Hal Leonard Guitar Method. Size 9x12 inches. By Chad Johnson. In this new book. Published by Centerstream Publications. ToC No CP285 Review: Order from: Rock scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus With Tablature. (WB0667B) See more info. Book. Technique. funk.. jazz and alternative. Includes a CD of music examples.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. ToC No HL695014 Order from: Rock Lead Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Mike Christiansen. Size 8.. Published by Hal Leonard.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions . Guitar. By John Stix and Yoichi Arakawa. Size 5. latin. Scales.rock. Scales.Blues Guitar . Nuno Bettencourt. It covers MusicRoom pentatonic scales. For Guitar (Electric).. 16 pages. See more info. ToC No MB96538BCD Order from: Dave Celentano . 24 pages. Published by Warner Brothers.Pentatonic Khancepts Scales. Published by Mel Bay Pub.

Published by Carl Fischer. ToC No AM948805 Review: Order from: Improvising 1 Rock Scale SoloingModern Record Included SheetmusicPlus Fretted instrument method/supplement (Guitar).. Buk diagrams the minor and major pentatonic scales in standard notation and tabulature up and down the fretboard. Ls:GT 2002-08 Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:03:53 . ToC No WBPMP00003 Review: Pentatonics And Power Chords By A.. Guitar Method. By Matt Scharfglass. Published by Warner Brothers.5 x 12.torvund.. Published by Amsco. Mr. See more info. he introduces some useful techniques such as string bending.. Kadmon..a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . string skipping and more. arpeggios. See more info. 160 pages.. ToC Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus Amazon UK No CFHPB8 Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .asp (4 of 4)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. guitar. combining patterns and scales. ToC No AM931326 Review: Order from: The Gig Bag Book Of Practical Pentatonics For All Guitarists SheetmusicPlus Scales. After introducing us to the pentatonics.Practical Pentatonics (Guitar) SheetmusicPlus Practical Pentatonics is an excellent introduction to the pentatonic Amazon UK scales. 44 pages.. 4. 52 pages.. See more info. He additionally presents some nice little riffs along with each position. softcover. 4.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Further references Ls:G1 2004-05.Blues Guitar . Published by Amsco.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Order from: Askold Buk .5 x 12. See more info.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape.01. From there you can get to the D-chord by fretting the 2nd string 3rd fret with you 4th finger. With this chord.torvund. you will see that you can make a rather smooth change from D to G and vice versa with this fingering. But this simple chord shape is very useful. If you like the site. It is a bit hard to finger. move it up some frets if you feel that your fingers are too short. you can move it around. 4th fret with your 3rd finger. As it is a closed position. or you can play 2nd fret as part of the barré. You can go to 4th string.2005 04:03:57 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We start from the last fingering in the row above.The moveable D / D7 shape Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and then finger 2nd string 3rd fret with 2nd finger. 2nd and 3rd finger is better. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07. but it is nice to know. Use the same trick as I recommended for the shuffle.Blues Guitar . This position leaves you with your 3rd and 4th fingers free. this might be a good fingering. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We will start with the D7-fingering that was presented in Lesson 14. you should see that the C-shape and the D-shape are closely related.Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues The D chord is often the first chord people learn to play. But usually a fingering with 1st. If you make a side-step to my Fingering of the G-chord lesson. You can go to 1st string 5th fret with your 4th finger. http://www. 2nd and 3rd string. You can do this while keeping the 4th finger on 1st string 5th fret. The chord shape at the far right is actually a C-shape played over a partial barré in 2nd fret. It is also easy to move the 1st and 2nd finger across for a simple fingering of the A7 chord. If you are changing between D and D7. Retailers: The next fingering starts from a position where you make a partial barré on 2nd fret over 1st.

take a will recommend: http://www. Add another five frets (starting at 9th fret). From the discussion on fingering of the D-chord. Closed voicing mean that you do not play any open strings. you can of course use the open E-string. You should notice that it is all within the last chord in the previous row. The only move we will do in this lesson. you should be able to see the various possibilities. This is a closed voicing on inner strings. Be careful with open strings when you start to move the chord around. You can also notice that it is the chord that we played as part of the harmonized shuffle from the Achord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. Click here for a 12 bar blues in E based on moveable D-shape and Long A in Finale format [not there yet]. and you will find an arrangemet based on this chord shape.2005 04:03:57 . before we start to move around. It is of course movable. so it is really a fraction of this chord. It gives you the first inversion of the D-chord. But if you move it up two frets. Listen to Eric Clapton's unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me for an example where this chord-shape is used in a 12-bar blues in E. Before You Accuse me and other songs If you want to look more into Eric Clapton'sBefore You Accuse Me and other unplugged blues. But in this lesson. you are in E. it is the chords and not the fingerpicking that is important. Go back to to Lesson 13: 16-bar blues. and you are in A. But the A and D string will not work with this chord (unless you expand it with some of the fingerings shown for the D-chord) I do not indicate any fingering this time. is up two frets.The moveable D / D7 shape There is one more fingering I will present. Chord shuffle lick This is a shuffle lick based on the D-shape. It is written as a fingerpicking arrangement with monotone bass.01.Blues Guitar .torvund. Here it is written in D. This will give us the E or E7 chord. and their pros and cons.asp (2 of 3)07. As an E-chord.

Performed by Eric Clapton. Published by Hal Leonard. 72 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. (HL694869) See more info. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock.torvund. chord names.. See more info. chord names. Blues rock and adult contemporary. 9x12 inches.The moveable D / D7 shape Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks.net I appreciate comments http://www. For guitar and voice. guitar tablature. written by Wolf Marshall.2005 04:03:57 . lyrics. guitar notation legend. lyrics.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. 9x12 inches.01. With standard guitar notation. vocal melody. Format: guitar tablature songbook. For guitar. Bestseller! introductory text.Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.. With standard guitar notation.. instructional text and performance notes. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Includes instructional book and examples CD. guitar tablature. Acoustic Rock. guitar chord diagrams. 112 pages. Series: Hal Leonard . Transcribed by Jesse Gress. Performed by Eric Clapton. vocal melody..

Blues Guitar . The most well known song with this progression is probably Big Bill Broonzy's Key To The Highway.torvund.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. For more information. Other songs are Crow Jane and Sliding Delta. Backing Track B8 These are MIDI backing tracks of 8-bar Blues.asp (1 of 3)07. Download all files as a zip-file. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter V7 V7 IV I IV V7 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar 8-bar blues in E In E this will be: E E B7 B7 A(7) E A(7) B7 Note the use of Moveable D/D7 shape and Long A in the following arrangement of an 8-bar blues in E. give me your vote: 8-bar Blues in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:03:59 . with the following chord structure: I I New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.8-bar blues Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A The 8-bar blues is another standard progression. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Retailers: If you like the site. but good for practise. 90 and 120).01. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. which makes them boring as listening track. Use them to get the sound of the cords. They are long 10-15 minutes. and as backing tracks. The progression has two lines.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.

Among the lessons are one on Crow Jane. The lessons are complete. Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8. and they do of course hope that you will like the lessons.torvund. 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . sound files etc.01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 3)07. written bySteve James.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File More on 8-bar blues in E The magazine Acoustic Guitar has put some lessons on the net.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues. with tab.based on Skip James' recording of the theme. want some more and buy the books. They are taken from books that they publish.8-bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C.2005 04:03:59 .

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .2005 04:03:59 .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07. Alternating bass.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar . G-Boogie . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.torvund.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Pony Blues New Lessons q q q q q Come Back Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar q q New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. at least in Europe.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C. but is different from "Key to the Highway". Davey Graham.torvund.jazzy 7th chords Open Chords Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. Bert Jansch and Stefan Grossman.2005 04:04:02 . but the arrangement that has been most popular is .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. The song is recorded by many artists. including Lightnin' Hopkins. The first recording I know.to my knowledge .Blues Guitar . Dave van Ronk. It is a variation of an 8bar form in A.01. q Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music .based on the playing of Snooks Eaglin.Lesson 3 Reading Music . Retailers: If you like the site. was done by Jack Dupree.Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The next tune was very popular in the 60's.asp (1 of 3)07.

http://www. The tune is a bit "minorish".asp (2 of 3)07. You also get at chance to practise the long A combined with a blues scale.Blues Guitar . Note that an F-chord has sneaked into the arrangement.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File In the introduction. It does not really belong to the key. and continue with the "long A".01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. or by using the thumb around the neck. It is not too easy. but now in A. You can play the F-chord either with a barré over all 6 strings in 1st fret.2005 04:04:02 .torvund. and in this context the F-chord function as some kind of an Dm substitution. the "moveable D7" is played as an A7 chord on 8th and 9th fret. but it works well here. we once again meet the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick. Lightnin' Hopkins lick in A. From here you slide your fourth finger down from 9th to 5th fret. but it sounds nice. You can read more about this substitution in my Chord Progressions series. At the end of the first bar of the verse.

8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. Bert Jansch recordedCome Back Baby on the albumNicola.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass. 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . but none of them comes close to this one.8-bar blues My favorite recordings of "Come Back Baby". It is now reissued coupled with the album Jack Orion on one CD called Jack Orion/Nicola.8bar blues in A ..8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C. I have heard several other records by Snooks Eaglin. Jimmi Page (or maybe it was Pete Townshend of The Who or may be it FromAmazon UK was Neil Young .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Blues Guitar . But I really like his playing.torvund. Bert Jansch It might be politically incorrect to list a white Scottish guitar player among my favorite. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Further references Pony Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:04:02 . Snooks Eaglin I think of this as "the original".unfortunately. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .01.. Snooks Eaglin's album New Orleans Street Singer is a fantastic FromAmazon UK From Amazon US record from 1958. It does not seem to be available in US . The lead guitarist of Led Zeppelin. Bert Jansch' is a fantastic guitarist and one of the most innovative and influential acoustic players. G-Boogie . Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8.net I appreciate comments http://www.) has called him The Jimi Hendrix of acoustic guitar.

01.2005 04:04:05 . Tommy Johnson's "Bye Bye Blues".torvund. and not to forget Willie Brown's "M&O Blues". Hey".8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Pony Blues is one of the themes you can hear in many variations. The pony that is probably best know today is Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey. made popular recently by Eric Clapton's recording of the song on his Unplugged album. Some classic versions are Charley Patton's "Pony Blues" and "Stone Poney Blues".Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Pony Blues Lesson 24 C.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.asp (1 of 3)07. Pony Blues Theme New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

chord names..torvund.. and in my opinion the best.. and Saturday Night Rub. The first. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom http://www. Hey". Hey. techniques. as me. Blues rock and adult contemporary. guitar tablature. Stove Pipe Stomp.01. Woody Mann explores the ideas. Includes instructional book and examples CD..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. written by Wolf Marshall. See more info. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote. For guitar. guitar chord diagrams. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The other option is of course to get the transcriptions of all the songs on Eric Clapton's Unplugged album. lyrics. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. Series: Hal Leonard . Includes 3 CD's. Bestseller! instructional text and performance notes. 72 pages. there are at least two sources. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. Performed by Eric Clapton. 9x12 inches. Published by Hal Leonard. Worryin' You Off My Mind.Blues Guitar . Acoustic Rock.2005 04:04:05 . introductory text. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Written in standard notation and tablature. The song is transcribed and analyzed in Woody Mann's book/CD set on Big Bill Broonzy's. SG98508BCD See more info. is to turn to the original. Hey. Brownskin Shuffle. vocal melody. guitar notation legend. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. like Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey. With standard guitar notation.Pony Blues Download Finale File PDF-File If you.asp (2 of 3)07. Moppin' Blues.

112 pages. ToC No HL841708 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . lyrics.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Mississippi John Hurt. The classic tunes she teaches include: Old Country Rock * Statesboro Blues * Big Road Blues * Canned Heat * Walkin' Blues * Cross Road Blues * Frankie and Albert * Future Blues * M&O Blues * Police Dog Blues * Devil Got My Man * Mississippi Blues * Ain't No Way for Me to Get Along. vocal melody. Published by Hal Leonard. For other versions of this and more classic blues. () Chosen as Book of the Month January 2003 See more info.Classics of Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus Robert Johnson is the best known of the intensely powerful musicians who created these songs in the early part of the Twentieth Century. With notes and tablature.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Pony Blues Order from: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged SheetmusicPlus Acoustic Rock. You’ll also learn the sounds and styles of great artists such as Willie Moore. Published by Homespun. Blind Blake and the Reverend Robert Wilkins. (HL694869) See more info. Willie Brown.01. Book and CD package.. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Size 8.torvund. Transcribed by Jesse Gress. For guitar and voice.5x11 inches. Performed by Eric Clapton.2005 04:04:05 .8bar blues in A . chord names. With standard guitar notation. but he was by no means the only outstanding player. Alternating bass. Format: MusicRoom guitar tablature songbook.. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. guitar tablature. SIX CDs * LEVEL 4 * Homespun Tapes (Instructional).8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. I recommend: Order from: Rory Block .Blues Guitar . guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.asp (3 of 3)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C. Skip James. 9x12 inches. Tommy Johnson. G-Boogie ...

01.asp (1 of 4)07. Many guitarist have recorded this tune.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.major. who is not the Willie Brown who played with Charley Patton and Son House.Blues Guitar .verse http://www. It is often played as an instrumental. but Willie Brown played the verse as backing to his singing. We know next to nothing about this . It is the graduation piece for blues fingerpickers. Rory Block and Jorma Kaukonen. «Mississippi Blues» imitates blues piano playing of the 1920s-talls blues piano.2005 04:04:08 . you can play fingerstyle delta blues guitar. among others Stefan Grossman. If you can play this.Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Mississippi Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Mississippi Blues .torvund. and who recorded classics such as «M & O Blues» and «Future Blues». and it shows you some of the possibilities of A. which was recorded for the Library of Congress by one Willie Brown. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Mississippi Blues . It is a classic.verse The next tune is «Mississippi Blues».

Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.01.2005 04:04:08 .Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues .asp (2 of 4)07.break http://www.torvund.

8-bar blues in A . G-Boogie .Blues Guitar .01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www. Alternating bass.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues.asp (3 of 4)07.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.2005 04:04:08 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .vers + break Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

torvund.asp (4 of 4)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:08 .Pony Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.

Now you should notice that F and B are two of the notes in a G7 chord. with the notes G-B-D. and the VIIb-III tritone interval of each chord. you have G-B-D-F. and it still works.Blues Guitar . and it will still function as a G7. it will no longer function as a G7 chord. and two half-steps (BC and E-F). And now you should note that if you have a G and put a Bdim chord on top of it.torvund. In theory they are different. If you listen to the tritone. The Gm7 consists of G-Bb-D-F. at least not when they are not played in a musical context. A Bdim (also notated as B°) have the notes B-D-F. which is F and B in the key of C. The tension is resolved when you go from B to C and F to E. you should notice that it is a disharmonic interval. But if you take away the B and/or the F.Tritone Blues Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues . A perfect fourth consists of two whole-steps and a half step. The ear cannot tell the difference between the two intervals. with the the root note in the bass.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. You can omit the other notes from the chord. with a monotone bass technique. with a restless sound that call for some kind of harmonic resolution. In a normal major scale. Try playing just the interval B-F instead of a G7. And there you have the diminished fifth between B and F. Retailers: If you like the site.Part 1 Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone is an interval with three whole-steps. The diminished chord consists of to minor thirds on top of each other. The diminished fifth between B and F creates a tension. you will notice that it consists of two whole steps (C-D and D-E). you find the tritone between the 4th and 7th note. while the augmented fourth have three whole steps. If you start from a G-major chord. and from F to Bb there is a perfect fourth.asp (1 of 4)07. and you will have the F to B tritone if you invert the chord. The tritone might also be called an augmented fourth. while the F might be called a leaning note. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The tritone is the half of an octave. The minor 7th interval from G to F and the corresponding major second from F to G are two dissonant intervals. give me your vote: The tritone / diminished fifth is an easy interval to finger on the guitar. If you are in C-major. One major difference is that there is no tritone in a m7 chord. You find it in these positions: xxxxx Then we can play a simple 12-bar blues in the key of A. If you compare a G7 and a Gm7. and add the minor 7th (F).2005 04:04:12 . but in practice they are (almost) the same. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Simple Tritone Blues 1 in A http://www. But both the tritone and the diminished fifth have six half steps. I fingerpick. and by that going from the diminished fifth to a major third (C to F). If you take the interval B to F in the key of C-major. From Bb to F there is a perfect fifth. both the G and the D. the B is often referred to as the leading note. meaning that the distance from bottom to top is the same. There are some clues to chord substitution in this knowledge. You will also find the diminished fifth in the diminished chord. This interval is called a diminished fifth. you get a G7 chord. But they are not as dissonant as the tritone/diminished fifth. but this will not be covered in this lesson. And the G7 has the dissonant tritone/diminished fifth in addition to the minor 7th/major second. you should notice that the minor7 has a much smoother and more jazzy sound. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and it does not create the same tension as the G7.01. And now one of the lessons to lean: It is the tritone or diminished fifth that gives the 7th chord it's character. thus dividing the octave in two equal parts.

. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. turnarounds. swing.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. and other blues styles. You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above. and other forms of popular music.asp (2 of 4)07.C#. slow.Tritone Blues Part 1 PDF-File In the next 12-bar blues. and jazzy blues progressions. intros.torvund. rock 'n' roll. I utilize the magic of inverting these chords. shuffle. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down.C. soloing.2005 04:04:12 . riff. minor. accompanying keyboards and more. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie. And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord. I will play one round of 12-bar blues with a bass-lick combined with a tritone that goes like this: Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# . This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord.01. This is one of my favorites! See more info. bebop. Chicago. The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G ..July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www.Blues Guitar .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. Vignola Play Along. Includes tab and notation. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. New Orleans.. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. As the name says.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. For Guitar (All). Progressions. Jim Ferguson . Kansas City.Tritone Blues Part 1 ToC Review: No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.75x11. For Guitar (Flatpick).2005 04:04:12 . Unless jazz is you main interest. and covers Delta. Size 8. it will take you through various blues progressions. Book/CD package. West Coast. . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Size 5. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Level: Intermediate.01. Published by Mel Bay Publications. 16 pages. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. accompaniment. By Jim Ferguson. See more info. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book.. By Frank Vignola. See more info. Inc. the book focuses on the shuffle. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. the book focuses on the shuffle.torvund.75. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.. (There are many other chords as well). Gig Savers. It explores shuffle. 16 pages. Chicago.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues http://www. Blues. Texas. Book.Blues Guitar . As the name says.asp (3 of 4)07. and not the blues as such. by Corey Christiansen. Level: Beginning.. country.. 92 pages.. Published by Mel Bay Publications. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Rhythm/ backup. (HL695005) See more info. and bebop blues. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Jazz.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Book. Inc. and not the blues as such.5x8.

Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:04:12 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Blues Guitar . G-Boogie . Alternating bass.Tritone Blues Part 1 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .01. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.asp (4 of 4)07.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

with a different fingering.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues .01. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File PDF-File http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2.Tritone Blues . Now we do not have open stings in the tritone.asp (1 of 3)07.Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 1 Tritone Blues Part 3 The next example is the same as the previous. which make these shapes moveable.torvund.2005 04:04:15 .

01. . This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . New Orleans.. Includes tab and notation. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Jazz. Chicago. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. and not the blues as such. Published by Mel Bay Publications. and not the blues as such. See more info.. Covers: boogie.Tritone Blues . and jazzy blues progressions. Kansas City. by Corey Christiansen. Chicago...5x8. intros. By Jim Ferguson. and other blues styles. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Book. Level: Intermediate. See more info. 16 pages. minor. Inc. accompanying keyboards and more. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . slow. country. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. shuffle. West Coast. riff. Size 8. Blues. and covers Delta.. By Frank Vignola. Book.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. swing.. turnarounds. As the name says. It explores shuffle.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Inc.. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Size 5. Texas. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . (There are many other chords as well).Blues Guitar .Part 2 Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Published by Mel Bay Publications. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. and bebop blues.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2. This is one of my favorites! See more info. Jim Ferguson . the book focuses on the shuffle. bebop. it will take you through various blues progressions. accompaniment. As the name says. Progressions. For Guitar (All). before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. For Guitar (Flatpick). (HL695005) See more info. Unless jazz is you main interest. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord.75x11. Gig Savers.2005 04:04:15 . 16 pages. Rhythm/backup. Book/CD package. rock 'n' roll. and other forms of popular music. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. Vignola Play Along.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. 92 pages. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. Rhythm/ backup. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.asp (2 of 3)07. Level: Beginning.75.torvund.. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle. soloing.

Part 2 Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .2005 04:04:15 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues Part 1 Further references Tritone Blues Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Tritone Blues . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07. Alternating bass.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund.Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

Tritone Blues with Inverted Chords New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01. and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord.2005 04:04:18 .Tritone Blues .C#. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord. You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above.Blues Guitar . This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down.torvund. The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G .C.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3. And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Part 3 Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 4 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the next 12-bar blues. I utilize the magic of inverting these chords.Tritone Blues .Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# .asp (1 of 4)07.

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Download Finale File PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (2 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons
q

q

q

q

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord

q

q

q

q

q

q q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A - Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C- 8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

q q q

q q q q

q

A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar

Tritone Blues Part 2 Further references

Tritone Blues Part 4

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4
Tritone Blues Part 3 D-major

In this last part of the Tritone Blues lesson, we will combine the chord with a little bass-run. I think of this as typical for Kansas City Blues.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

Kansas City in A

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:04:21

Chicago. It explores shuffle.. soloing. minor. and not the blues as such.Blues Guitar . turnarounds. riff.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4. country.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.01. it will take you through various blues progressions. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) http://www.. Unless jazz is you main interest. slow.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. and bebop blues.Tritone Blues . This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with all the technical Bestseller! tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. and other forms of popular music. the book focuses on the shuffle. Chicago. The term '12-bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. (HL695005) See more info. and other blues styles. and not the blues as such. By Jim Ferguson. Covers: boogie. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. shuffle. and covers Delta. rock 'n' roll. West Coast.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. intros. New Orleans. (There are many other chords as well). 92 pages. As the name says. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. bebop.asp (2 of 3)07. As the name says. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.. Kansas City. Includes tab and notation. Book/CD package. accompanying keyboards and more. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Rhythm/backup.2005 04:04:21 . the book focuses on the shuffle. swing. This is one of my favorites! See more info. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . and jazzy blues progressions. Texas. Jim Ferguson .torvund. ..

Published by Mel Bay Publications.asp (3 of 3)07. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Inc. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Blues. Level: Intermediate.diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Tritone Blues Part 3 Further references D-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 4 Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players.. 16 pages. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished triad The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord . Book.01. Size 8. Jazz.75. Size 5. Level: Beginning. For Guitar (Flatpick). Rhythm/backup. Published by Mel Bay Publications.net I appreciate comments http://www. See more info. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Vignola Play Along. Inc. Progressions. For Guitar (All).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4.Blues Guitar . Book..Tritone Blues .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .75x11. accompaniment..5x8. by Corey Christiansen. 16 pages. By Frank Vignola.torvund. Gig Savers.2005 04:04:21 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. See more info.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. D7.Part 4 Dropped D tuning See See Rider The next key is D-major.asp (1 of 2)07. and in one of them I have indicated the shift between D and D7. and three versions of G7. only D and G7 have not already been used in previous lessons.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter D D D Retailers: Du finner flere eksempler på hvordan du kan spille D-akkorden på siden The D-chord If you like the site.D-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 D-major Tritone Blues .torvund. give me your vote: G7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites This is the 12-bar blues in D. The basic chords are D.2005 04:04:24 . Of these. I have given three fingerings for the D chord. Below is the most common version of the D chord. G7 G7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www.Blues Guitar . G7 and A7.

01.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Blues Guitar . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:04:24 .Part 4 Videre referanser Dropped D tuning See See Rider GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.D-major q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1. Alternating bass. G-Boogie .

and you will get what is called Dropped D-tuning. which means that he is playing different in the bass. Gary Davis. you will often get the feeling that the notes stop one whole note above where you want to go. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and the fifth on the 5th string.Dropped D-Tuning Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Dropped D-Tuning D-major G-major Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You can tune down the low E-string to D. (He is playing in standard tuning. Two prominent players in this style are Merle Travis and Chet Atkins. Alernating bass is the basis of many fingerpicking styles. You get the root on the 6th and 4th string. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. compared to the monotone bass. When you play in D. Get to the Dropped D-tuning page in the Open and Alternate Tuning section for more on this tuning. Blind Blake and Blind Boy Fuller. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter See See Rider Retailers: If you like the site. but it gives a more "dancing" sound. It is istill one bass note pr beat.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2. We will return to the tune See See Rider. this time loosly based on the playing of Mississippi John Hurt.01.2005 04:04:27 .asp (1 of 3)07. Important blues artists playing in this style are Mississippi John Hurts.) With this arrangement we will introduce another fingerpicking technique: Alternating bass. you will get access to the low root note on the open 6th string.torvund. In standard tuning.Blues Guitar . Rev. Blind Lemon Jefferson.

01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2.2005 04:04:27 .asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .torvund.Dropped D-Tuning PDF-File http://www.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2.01. Arrangements in the keys of G. A and D are studied.torvund. Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar D-major Videre referanser G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. 100 pages. C. E..Dropped D-Tuning Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt Order From: SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements.. Book of the Month .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:04:27 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . 26 arrangements are presented in this collection. Published by Warner Brothers.Blues Guitar .May 2003 See more info.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman.net I appreciate comments http://www.

01.asp07. G7. C7 and D7. En 12-takters blues i G-dur går slik: If you like the site. But we have not used C7 except as a basis for movable chords. So to be sure. se egne sider for G-dur og C-dur. The three primary chords are G. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. I include the C7 as well.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Dropped D tuning See See Rider G-Major Blues in G We continue our little journey through the keys. se Fingering the G-chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter G G C7 G7 Retailers: G og C-akkordene kan gripes på mange måter.2005 04:04:30 . and now we get to G-major.net I appreciate comments http://www. It is only G that we have not been using so far.torvund. give me your vote: Dropped D tuning See See Rider Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Videre referanser G-Major Blues in G GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. For G-akkorden har jeg også valgt å diskutere fingersettingen men inngående.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_1.

G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-major Boogie in G-major Blues in G It is easy to make a melody line around the G chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07. The next tune is basically a blues scale played over a monotone bass. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:33 .01.torvund.

Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.8bar blues in A .torvund.G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-major Videre referanser Boogie in G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.01.2005 04:04:33 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass.Blues Guitar .

01.asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:04:33 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.G-major Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .torvund.

But remember that he played with his guitar tuned down 11/2 tone.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. which means that he actually played in E when he was fingering the "G-chords". Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Boogie Woogie in G-Major This arrangement is a boogie bass line and a G-chord. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. It is actually much easier to play around a G chord compared to the boogie bass and chord in E. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01. Leadbelly played «Good Morning Blues» this way. When I first learned to play this kind of bass and chord.torvund.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-Major Blues in G G-Major Rev.2005 04:04:36 . I learned it in G.

01. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.asp (2 of 3)07.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Gary Davis Was Funny That Way http://www.G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .torvund.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:36 . G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-Major Blues in G Videre referanser G-Major Rev. Alternating bass.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.

2005 04:04:36 .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.01.G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .

In the basic G-chord.torvund. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Gary Davis' «She's Funny That Way». Notice the chord progression G-E7-A7-D7. The tune on this page is based on Rev. It has 8 bars. You can find a little more on this progression in the A salty dog at Alice’s Restaurant in the Chord Progression series.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Boogie in G-major C-major Rev.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4. B on the 5th string and D on the 4th string. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. you get all the chord notes in the bass: G on the 6th string.Blues Guitar . we can call this progression a I-VI7-II7-V7 progression. This makes it easy to find some good bass figures.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:04:39 . Gary Davis Was Funny That Way G-major is a key well suited for alternating bass. but does not follow the 8-bar blues form that we have been discussing in previous lesson. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Another example of this progression in G-major can be heard in Blind Blake's «That Will Never Happen No More». In generic musical terms.

8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . she'll begin to have blues She ain't crazy.Blues Guitar . she's just funny that way Now some people say this gal is just tight like that But when she calls her man she always wants him to be right there She ain't crazy.asp (2 of 3)07. Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Boogie in G-major Videre referanser C-major http://www. she's just funny that way This gal will work hard for you every day and buy your clothes and shoes Come in and look for you and can't find you.torvund.2005 04:04:39 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.01. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. she's just funny that way A little more G-major Acoustic Guitar has made available a lesson called Your first guitar rag where Dale Miller takes you through an arrangement based on the same chords as She's Funny That Way. she's just funny that way One thing 'bout this gal I can't understand I found out she's just a fool 'bout one old man She ain't crazy. Alternating bass. she's just funny that way She got to the place that she got no woman friends She don't want no woman be shifting around taking her man in She ain't crazy.G-major PDF-File She's Funny That Way I got a gal that is crazy 'bout me She's just as crazy as any gal can be She ain't crazy.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.01.asp (3 of 3)07.G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.2005 04:04:39 .Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.

01. C7. is C-major. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way C-Major Cocaine Blues The last key we will discuss a a key. (I choose to say it this way. because you will find som arrangements in keys that are not dicussed this way.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major G-Major Rev. Once again we will take a look at a version of See See Rider. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. If my memory is correct.) The basic chords are C.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. or C C Rider as I prefer to call it just to remind myself that this is the C-major version. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter C C Rider Retailers: If you like the site. this arrangement is based on Mance Lipscomb's version of the tune. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. F7 and G7.2005 04:04:45 .

torvund. Blues fingerpicking If you want to learn more about blues fingerpicking with alternate bass. Rev.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1.01. you should start with the playing of Mississippi John Hurt. http://www. Gary Davis.asp (2 of 3)07.G-major PDF-File C-major is a popular key among guitar players who play with alternating bass.Blues Guitar . Blind Boy Fuller and Blind Blake have all recorded many tunes in this key. Mississippi John Hurt.2005 04:04:45 . Big Bill Broonzy.

Grossman Audio. 100 pages.asp (3 of 3)07.75. 32 pages.. (SG99470BCD) See more info.. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop... E.. Louis Tickle was the first great challenge for fingerpickers interested in classic ragtime. 26 arrangements are presented in this collection. a discography.G-major Order From: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements. G-Major Rev.Blues Guitar . 6 tunes in notation and tablature. LESSON ONE: A blues in 12/8 with Leroy Carr's Midnight Hour Blues. The book includes a conversation with Dave.75x11. Four choruses are taught demonstrating how this tune can develop. Size 8. ToC No SG99469BCD Review: Blues and Ragtime Fingerstyle Guitar Dave Van Ronk presents his arrangements of blues and a classic rag. Bessie Smith's classic blues You've Been A Good Old Wagon is taught in the key of E. The lesson ends with Blind Lemon Jefferson's One Kind Favor. LESSON THREE: Dave's arrangement of St. C. This four sectioned rag is played in the keys of C and F.net I appreciate comments http://www.01. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Order from: Folk & Blues Fingerstyle Guitar taught by Dave Van Ronk SheetmusicPlus .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1. Book of the Month . Arrangements in the keys of G. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Videre referanser Order from: SheetmusicPlus C-Major Cocaine Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Book/CD package. Level: Intermediate. and 3 CDs teaching each tune phrase by phrase. See more info. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. Blood Red Moon follows played in a dropped D tuning.torvund.May 2003 See more info. LESSON TWO: Sunday Street is an original Dave Van Ronk song.2005 04:04:45 .. Published by Warner Brothers. Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs. A and D are studied. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman.

I have written both the verse and a break. but it sounds good. but does not follow any standard form. It has an 8-bar structure.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major C-Major Blues Rag in C Cocaine Blues . We go fron C to E to F.2005 04:04:47 . It is not easy.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.01. Notice bar 3 and 4 in the break.Blues Guitar . Gary Davis arrangement in C-major.asp (1 of 3)07. You should also notice the 5/4 in bar 4.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.verse «Cocaine Blues» is a typical Rev. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.

break PDF-File Cocaine Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.torvund.01.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:47 .vers + break http://www.asp (2 of 3)07.G-major PDF-File Cocaine Blues .

Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system.Blues Guitar . Grossman Audio.75x11. With standard notation and tablature. 24 page tab/music book with three compact discs. Published by Warner Brothers. ToC No SG99465BCD Review: Rev. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev. Gary Davis.. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info. Book and CD.. It comes complete with a recording of Rev. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2. See more info.net I appreciate comments http://www. 24 pages. Charley Jordan. In SheetmusicPlus these three lessons the ideas and techniques of Rev. Level: Intermediate.2005 04:04:47 . Book/CD Set.asp (3 of 3)07. Published by Grossman..G-major Order from: Country Blues Guitar by Stefan Grossman. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom C-Major Videre referanser C-Major Blues Rag in C GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.75. 84 pages. The arrangements vary from alternating bass to a Delta strum to a monotonic bass. Country Blues Guitar styles span a wide horizon.01. Gary Davis.. Size 8.torvund. Tommy Johnson and Mississippi John Hurt are presented.

Blues Guitar .01.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Cocaine Blues C-Major Diddie Has Something There Blues Rag in C Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Other examples are Big Bill Broonzy's «Skoodle Do Do» and Blind Willie McTell's «Georgia Rag». Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. «Wabash Rag» and «Skoodle Loo Doo». Listen to Blind Blake's «West Coast Blues». give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File This is the same progression as in "Funny That Way".torvund. There are many versions of this theme. but now in C. Arlo Guthrie's «Alice's Restaurant» is also based on this progression in C-major. http://www.asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:04:50 .

Written in standard notation and tablature. For fingerpick guitar. it gives you the best of both worlds.net I appreciate comments http://www. and Saturday Night Rub. Moppin' Blues. 26 pages.Blues Guitar . Blues.75x11. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake SheetmusicPlus Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists.. Includes 3 CD's. Size 8. C-Major Cocaine Blues Videre referanser C-Major Diddie Has Something There GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book. (SG98507BCD) See more info. As performed by Blind Blake. Worryin' You Off My Mind.. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.01. SG98508BCD See more info.torvund. WBF3432GTXCD See more info. Stove Pipe Stomp. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. phrase-by-phrase instruction.. Hey. Grossman Audio. For a guitarist.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. techniques. Book/CD package. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote.75. Hey.asp (2 of 2)07. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann.. Level: Intermediate. Brownskin Shuffle. Licks and phrases.2005 04:04:50 . Woody Mann explores the ideas..G-major Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson..

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Blues Rag in C Minor Blues Lesson 1.torvund. «Long Tall Mama» and «Guitar Shuffle». which we have looked at in E-major. True Fire has a lection on Diddie Wa Diddie available on the net. Probably the most well known version of the theme is Blind Blake's «Diddie Wa Diddie». which has been recorded by Ry Cooder and Leon Redbone. The song was so popular that he recorded it 20–30 times with different lyrics. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01.Blues Guitar . Part 1 Diddie Has Something There We finish off this section with another well known theme in C-major.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. «Black Horse Blues» is Blind Lemon Jefferson's version of «Pony Blues».asp (1 of 4)07. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. This arrangement is based on Blind Boy Fuller's «You've got something there».2005 04:04:53 . You will also recognize the theme in Blind Lemon Jefferson's «Black Horse Blues». Other versions are Big Bill Broonzy's «Shuffle Rag».

The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note. http://www.5. Size 4. (SG98200VX) See more info.13x7. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. Brownskin Shuffle. and not as difficult as the others. no matter what kind of blues you are playing. But he is a good point of departure. Level: Intermediate. Woody Mann explores the ideas.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. Big Bill Broonzy is an artist to start with.. Hey. Hey. and Saturday Night Rub. Order DVD Order VHS from: from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Blind Boy Fuller This is another Master of Country Blues book with original recordings and transcriptions. Worryin' You Off My Mind. 90 pages. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy taught by Woody Mann. you can get this.. I have picked a book/CD set by Woody Mann. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. techniques.2005 04:04:53 . where some typical Big Bill Broonzy are covered in detail. SG98508BCD See more info. Grossman-Gtr Workshop.. If you prefer video. I will recommend that you work with some of the following. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists.Blues Guitar .. phrase-by-phrase instruction. For fingerpick guitar.torvund. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. Includes 3 CD's. Licks and phrases.G-major PDF-File Blues-Rag If you want to learn more about blues-rag playing. Mississippi John Hurt is not included. Video. Stove Pipe Stomp.asp (2 of 4)07. Moppin' Blues. Blues.01. Written in standard notation and tablature.

84 pages.. Davis. and many of today's most prominent teachers and authors of guitar books have been his students. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. (SG99464BCD) See more info. and we study how this arrangement develops. 92 pages.01. Book and CD. Book/CD package. Published by Warner Brothers. He received everyone who would pay 5 dollars for a guitar lesson. seven of Rev.75. (WBF3270GTXCD) See more info. it gives you the best of both worlds. Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Rev. Size 8. As performed by Blind Blake. Level: Intermediate. Davis used to joke that he could play Candyman so many different ways that he would be able to play it nonstop for at least 8 hours without repeating himself! We look at two versions of this very popular folk blues with the regular Candyman followed by the Two-Step Candyman.asp (3 of 4)07.. 89 pages. With standard notation and tablature.5. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.. Grossman-Gtr Workshop. For fingerpick guitar. Size 4. Licks and phrases. Video. LESSON (CD) TWO: The key of C was a favorite for Rev.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. LESSON (CD) ONEhighlights two of Rev. For fingerpick guitar. Size 4x7.. Baby. Again you can also choose a video. Taj Mahal..13x7. Davis's repertoire. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system. His Walkin' Dog Blues is a tour de force in a blues in C.75. Rev. 40 pages.just as a guitar player want. The accompanying three CD lessons teach these arrangements phrase by phrase as well as presenting the original recordings. Bert Jansch and many others. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom If you are ready for Blind Blake..75x11. Blues. Buck Rag is a fascinating rag played in the key of C.5. These arrangements have been performed and recorded by a host of great artists including Bob Dylan.. GrossmanGtr Workshop.75x11. Gary Davis.torvund. Hot Tuna.. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The Guitar of Blind Boy Fuller taught by Ari Eisinger. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio. Size 8. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev. Book/3CD package. LESSON (CD) THREE: Raggin' the blues was a great part of Rev. Licks and phrases. Davis's most popular blues arrangements.. Published by Warner Brothers. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. These lessons are for the intermediate to advanced fingerstyle guitarist. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.. In this lesson we explore the party tune Sally Where'd You Get Your Liquor From (made popular by Hot Tuna). Order from: Ragtime Blues Guitar of Rev.. Video. Original recordings by Blind Boy Fuller and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. 94 pages. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Level: Intermediate.. For a guitarist. In SheetmusicPlus this book.G-major Blind Boy Fuller / CD Masters of Country Blues guitar series.. Hesitation Blues is played in the key of C. Single-string runs. Let Me Follow You Down is played in the key of G. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. Davis's blues are presented. 26 pages. It comes complete with a recording of Rev. Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman. Gary Davis taught by Stefan Grossman. counterpoint lines. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book. John Renbourn. Another Book/CD set with original recordings and transcription .2005 04:04:53 .Blues Guitar . (SG98199VX) See more info. Book and CD. David Bromberg. Grossman Audio. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. (SG99411VX) See more info. you are ready for anything – at least when it comes to this style of guitar playing.. Gary Davis is propbably the most influential traditional blues guitarists. rhythmic variations and syncopated bass patterns are featured. Level: Intermediate. Rev. Blues.. All fourteen verses are transcribed here. WBF3432GTXCD See more info..

8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.G-major Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar C-Major Blues Rag in C Videre referanser Minor Blues Lesson 1.2005 04:04:53 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. G-Boogie .asp (4 of 4)07.8bar blues in A .01.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.net I appreciate comments http://www. Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar . Alternating bass.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.

01.torvund.Lesson 1. give me your vote: http://www. Part 3 Minor Blues .Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites As a Type 2 progression. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Here is the set of backing tracks for this progression. i chord in bar 2. This time I have also included a turnaround chord (the V7 chord).asp (1 of 2)07. What we do is actually that we choose Harmonic minor instead of Natural minor for the very reason that we have harmonic minor.V7. If we substitute the v7 with its parallel major V7 chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2. This second group of minor blues progressions has the chords i .2005 04:04:55 . Part 1 Minor Blues Lesson 1. Backing Track . Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar The progression with only minor chords may be a bit boring. Part 2 Minor Blues Lesson 1. Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . A Type 1 progression. it will be like this: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm If you like the site.MinorBlues-3 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord. V7 as turnaround chord.Lesson 1.iv . as it will give the V7-i resoulution when we go to the next verse.Lesson 1. still in Am will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. then we get a kind of lift in the third line.

net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2.2005 04:04:55 . iv chord in bar 2. here are the backing tracks. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Minor Blues Lesson 1. Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. V7 as turnaround chord.torvund. Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1. Part 2 And again.MinorBlues-4 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord.asp (2 of 2)07.01. Backing Track .Lesson 1.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .

we use a major IV chord instead of the minor iv. Part 2 12-bars. A Type 1 progression will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 1. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Lesson 1. There is no turnaround chord. The major 6th hints on the dorian scale.torvund. It does not follow an exact 12-bar blues form. CD (Main link goes to Amazon US.2005 04:04:57 . It is a 24 bar blues.part 1 Minor Blues .01. A strict dorian progression would have had i – IV – v. Amazon UK link in parenthesis) If you like the site. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The major chord as a IV chord have the major 6th instead of the minor 6th of the basic scale (based on the root). it goes F#-E-E#. Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this third group of minor blues progression.IV .Lesson 1. In bar 5. Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . The bridge moulates to the IV-key (F#major). As long as we use the minor pentatonic scale. give me your vote: Artist Tune Key Source (Main link takes you to SheetmusicPlus) Comments Jeff Healey Band Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Confidence Man C#m See The Light (UK) The Bluesmen (from Musicroom) A John Hiatt tune. as this scale has no sixth in it.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. But it is not a dorian progression.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . This gives us the basic chords i . it does not make too much of a difference. with the structure of a 12bar: Play two bars for each bar in the 12-bar structure.V7.asp (1 of 3)07. No More Gm His Best: 1947 to 1955 (UK) The Chess Box [BOX SET] (UK) Blues Guitar Legends http://www. Mel London Cry For Me Baby Am Blue Heaven ( Amazon US ) Muddy Waters Trouble. But going from a minor 6th to a major 6th is what distinguish a dorian scale from a natural minorscale.

MinorBlues-6 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord. 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium And the Type 2 progression will be: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the backing tracks: Backing Track . but it is built around the chords from this progression B.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the basic forms of minor blues progressions. I will give you this table of chords for various minor keys: C-minor i iv IV v V7 Cm Fm F Gm G7 C#-minor C#m F#m F# G#m G#7 D-minor Dm Gm G Am A7 E-minor Em Am A Bm B7 F#-minor F#m Bm B C#m C#7 G-minor Gm Cm C Dm D7 G#-minor G#m C#m C# D#m D#7 A-minor Am Dm D Em E7 B-minor Bm Em E F#m F#7 http://www. But you can extend them to m7 chords.B.asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:04:57 .torvund. Download all files in on zip-file. There are of course many variations. King Chains & Things Am King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) Backing Track .MinorBlues-5 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord. IV chord in bar 2. But to ensure that you have no excuses for not trying this in other keys. major VI chord. You should have not problem translating them into other keys. Part 3 B. but you should practise them in different keys.01. i chord in bar 2. I have only written the basic minor triads. and I will come back to a few of them later. V7 as turnaround chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. Experiment! I have written all examples in Am only. King Help The Poor Dm King of The Blues (UK) Live at the Regal (UK) King of The Blues (UK) King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) It does not follow a 12-bar form.B. major VI chord. But you should learn these basic forms first. V7 as turnaround chord.Lesson 1.

net I appreciate comments http://www. Part 2 Further references 12-bars.01.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:04:57 . Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3.Lesson 1.part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

7th on 4th string and the 3rd on 3rd string. And it does. Bbmajor and Eb-major is not as difficult for us as our favorite keys are for them. If one should be precise. using these two chord shapes. But if you are playing in a band. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. If the bass player is playing the root. the root gives identity. A. 9th. The chord is in root position. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. These two chord-shapes are often labeled as 7-chords. I will not use this chord too much as a I chord (root) in a blues.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.asp (1 of 4)07. But it is this unstable and usettled tonality that makes the simple blues form so rich and fascinating. built on the third note. The two most important notes in a 7th chord are the 3rd and the 7th. You can make variations by taking these chordshapes out of the standard 12-bar framework. you will never get this solution. if you insist on E-major.01. Both the chord shapes have this tritone. The first chord is a 7th without the 5th. Now we get to this very simple 12 Bar blues in Bb. etc. you have to break out of our loved keys of E.. you do not move your 3rd finger. And often our ear will "hear" notes that it expects to hear. no keys are difficult. then the band will play the full chord. The favorite guitar keys are very difficult to play on most wind instruments. But they are the basis. The 5th is on 6th string. such a chord is a diminished triad. D. If someone is playing alto saxophone. some other may play the root. even if the notes are not played. From what I said above. the 5th becomes less important. they have five flats. As long as you use moveable shapes.torvund. If we think of the chord as a 7th chord. than to keep the stability.part 1 C-major Diddie Has Something There 12-bars. the fifth is usually the first to go. That is six sharps. the seventh is added. The I7 chord will call for a solution to the IV-chord. In a 7th chord. If one should be precise.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter By learning these two simple chord shapes. When we expand the chord to 7th. if you insist on playing in E-major on the guitar. it will be Bdim. But I will start with a standard 12-bar blues. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . G and C. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . In a basic triad (three-note chord).12-bars. 3rd on 4th stringand the 7th on 3rd string.2005 04:05:00 . a disonant interval that calls for a resolution. played in two keys that many guitar players will do anything to avoid: Bb and Eb. Retailers: The second chord is a 7th without the root. It is more important to keep the identity and the character. It will get boring after some time if you only use these chords. you can play blues comp with a jazzy touch in any key. it will be in 2nd inversion. which gives us the notes 1. To play F-major. If you like the site. If we play it as a good old G7. If you play the root chord as a 7th chord. Based on this. give me your vote: Notice the fingerings of these two chords.Blues Guitar . It remains in the same position on the 3rd string. with the root on 6th string. You move the first and second finger between the 6th and the 4th strings. If you want to play with other people. If you are playing with someone who is playing trumpet. even if the guitar player only play a partial chord. 3 and 7 (when the 5th is left out). this chord should loose it's identity. and it is easy to be thrown out of key if you resolve the chord this way. the third gives character and the fifth gives stability. these labels are not correct. type 2. In this key. You need the root note to establish the root key. If you remove a note from a chord. The interval between the two is a Tritone. they will have to play in the key F#-major. When changing from one to the other. they will have to play Db-major.

You can download this MP3 file to hear me play the same chords. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .. This is one of my favorites! See more info.part 1 The very "perfect" and strict playing in these MIDI files is a bit boring.torvund.Blues Guitar . but with some rhytmic variations. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. intros. I play fingerstyle with a monotone bass in straight 4/4.asp (2 of 4)07. turnarounds. bebop.July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. and other blues styles. and some rhytmic variations on the middle strings. minor.12-bars. and jazzy blues progressions.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. but I play only the notes in the chords as they are written. Chicago. PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. rock 'n' roll. and other forms of popular music. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . Covers: boogie.01. It is not played as written. soloing. accompanying keyboards and more.. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. swing. riff. shuffle. slow.2005 04:05:00 . Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form.

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

ToC Review:

No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

C-major Diddie Has Something There Further references

12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2
12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3

There are two basic ways to combine these two chord shapes in a blues context. In the next example we will use the second shape for the root (I) chord, and the first shape for the IV and V chords. But remember that the second shape has not root, so the basic key will not be as firmly established when we use the chords this way. This time we play in Eb.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 Further references 12-bars.2005 04:05:03 . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.01.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.part 2 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .

torvund.2005 04:05:05 .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. We will combine these three-note chords with what is covered in the Tritone Blues lesson. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Blues Guitar . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 If you have worked your way through my Blues Guitar Series. then you will remember that we have touched upon these tritones in a blues context before. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. just to show how these ideas can be put togehter.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 12-bars.part 3 12-bars.

Inc.. Vignola Play Along. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. Progressions. the book focuses on the shuffle. For Guitar (All). Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. rock 'n' roll. This is one of my favorites! See more info. New Orleans. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.01. As the name says. Book.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. 92 pages. Size 8.. intros. Inc.asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . bebop. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Book. Covers: boogie. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. soloing.75.part 3 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. (HL695005) See more info. Rhythm/ backup. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. Rhythm/backup. Texas. and jazzy blues progressions... slow. accompanying keyboards and more. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. By Jim Ferguson.12-bars. Chicago. Size 5. West Coast. As the name says. 16 pages. turnarounds. See more info. (There are many other chords as well). it will take you through various blues progressions. Published by Mel Bay Publications.torvund. For Guitar (Flatpick). . and not the blues as such. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. shuffle. Chicago. Kansas City.. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. and other blues styles. by Corey Christiansen.5x8. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. and bebop blues. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Jim Ferguson .. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. minor. country. Includes tab and notation. 16 pages. Gig Savers. Level: Beginning.75x11. the book focuses on the shuffle. Book/CD package. swing.. By Frank Vignola. Jazz.. and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Unless jazz is you main interest. It explores shuffle. and covers Delta. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. Blues. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Level: Intermediate.2005 04:05:05 . The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. riff. and other forms of popular music. See more info. accompaniment.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .torvund. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Further references 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .asp (3 of 3)07.01. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.part 3 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.12-bars.2005 04:05:05 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

part 4 12-bars.2005 04:05:08 . In the example below. The example in the previous part illustrates the relation between our three note chords and the song from the Tritone Blues lesson. But when doing so. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When constructing examples for lessons.12-bars. And we will hang on to these shapes for a few more (forthcomming) lessons. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . So I would probably use another variation of the IV chord (D7).01.asp (1 of 3)07. But it gets boring when you play only A in the bass for 10 out of the 12 bars.Blues Gitar . If you play this chord at 4th and 5th fret. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. I would make other choices and include more variations. we move away from the two shapes we started with. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.torvund. and at 6th and 7th fret it will be E7. If I should make real music. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. I try to do it in a way that clearly illustrates the point in this lesson. I am using the chords mentioned above. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. you get D7. at least I would use it as a variations.

as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.75x11. By Jim Ferguson. riff.. (HL695005) See more info. soloing.01. and bebop blues. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. By Frank Vignola. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . For Guitar (All). Chicago. Progressions. Level: Beginning. It explores shuffle. slow. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month .asp (2 of 3)07. and covers Delta. As the name says. minor. it will take you through various blues progressions. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Book. shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle. swing.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. accompaniment. As the name says. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book.5x8. Book/CD package. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form.12-bars.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.. accompanying keyboards and more. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. . by Corey Christiansen. Jazz. 16 pages. and other forms of popular music. Kansas City.torvund.Blues Gitar . (There are many other chords as well). This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. See more info.2005 04:05:08 .All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. 16 pages.75. rock 'n' roll. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.. New Orleans. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. and not the blues as such. Unless jazz is you main interest. Includes tab and notation. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. Book. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. Inc.. Published by Mel Bay Publications. and not the blues as such. Jim Ferguson . Covers: boogie. Gig Savers. West Coast. turnarounds.. Vignola Play Along. Rhythm/backup. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. bebop. For Guitar (Flatpick). Texas. Published by Mel Bay Publications.. country.. Size 5. See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.. and other blues styles. Blues. This is one of my favorites! See more info. intros. Inc. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Rhythm/ backup. Size 8. and jazzy blues progressions. the book focuses on the shuffle. 92 pages. Level: Intermediate. Chicago.part 4 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book.

2005 04:05:08 .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.net I appreciate comments http://www.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4.12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Blues Gitar .torvund.

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter You have probably heard jazz musician talk about the flat five substitution many times. From B to F is a diminished (or flat) fifth = six half steps = tritone. We should understand the concept. which makes it a symetric interval. But in my opinion. we end at Db.Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. for instance an F and a B. We can substitute the other notes in a 7th chord. it would be an augmented fourth. and play some blues with flat five substitution. Our ears will not distinguish between a diminished fifth and an augmented fourth. In Db7. it is not enough to know. and we have a Eb7. The flat five substitution for A7 will be Eb7. Ab7 and Bb7.asp (1 of 2)07.part 1 Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . If we start from the G7 chord. we will also end on Db if we go down a diminished fifth. but not the two notes that make up the tritone.The Flat Five Substitution . If you are not familiar with the tritone. But our ears do not distinguish between the two. Cb and B are enharmonic. We just hear the tritone. The interval between these notes is tritone. the chord will loose it's character as a 7th chord. Then we move the note on the 6th string up one fret. we shall go back to where we stopped in the 12-bars. you have to go back to some previous lessons.torvund. but we have kept the two important ones. You can learn to know that you can alway substitute a dominant 7th chord or any extension of such chords with the dominiant 7th a flat five above or below. If you are like many of your fellow guitar players. Instead of A7 you can play Eb7. The key to this substitution is that the two most important notes in a 7th chord is the 3rd and the 7th. As the interval is symetric. If we spelled it B. We will still use only the two chord shapes from this lesson. for D7 it will be Ab7. and the flat five substitution for E7 will be Bb7. and the chord would be some kind of a sixth chord. The Db7 chord has the notes Db-F-Ab-Cb.2005 04:05:11 . From F to B is an augmented fourth = six half steps = tritone. a diminished fifth up from F. The tritone divides the scale into two equal parts. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz lesson.Music Theory for Guitar .01. And this is the key to the flat five substitution: The tritone in the Db7 is the same as the tritone in a G7. The first will then give us an A7 chord. you will look for another tune when you see chords like Eb7.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . the 3rd is a B and the 7th is an F. The other notes have changed. the correct spelling of the note is Cb. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 A7/Eb7 We play both shapes based on 5th fret. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz Retailers: If you like the site. If you leave out one of these. We will use the same two chord shapes as we used in 12-bars. If we go up one diminished fifth from G (six half steps). But they are very simple. which means that they are the same note spelled in two different ways. With this new knowledge.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. You will have to change fingering of both the 6th and 4th http://www. and we will be in the key of A this time.

part 1 string – this is at least how I prefer to play this change.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. The tritone is the interval between G and C#.The Flat Five Substitution . so we will not hear the difference. G and Db function as an Eb7.2005 04:05:11 . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . we get the notes Bb.Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. we get the notes A.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . which is an A7 without the fifth. The black notes constitute the tritone. If we move up to the 6th fret on the 6th string. and keep the tritone. What we really have is a Gdim. Db is enharmonic with C#.net I appreciate comments http://www. When we play at 5th fret on the 6th string. In the shape to the right.torvund.01.Music Theory for Guitar . to show the relation. I have combined the two. and we have to keep these notes in both chords. G and C#. These notes constitute an Eb7 without root. It is not really an Eb7 when there is no root note (Eb) in the chord.asp (2 of 2)07. It would be more precise to say the the notes Bb. In the next part we will apply this flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar progression.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. G and Db.

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 2
The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

PDF-File If you know your music theory, and read standard notation, you should notice that the notation for the Eb7 chord is not correct in all bars where this chord occurs. In the first example below, it is written as Bb-G-C#, which is not correct. The correct spelling, as in the second example, is Bb-G-Db. But I want to make clear, also in the notation, that we have the same tritone – G - C#/Db – in both chords. I had to make a compromise. I prefer to illustrate, also in the notation, that it is the same notes, even if they might change their names. In the second example, we do not keep the tritone as the chord change, so then there was no reason not to write it correctly.

The Ab7 is not correctly written either. It is written as the first example to the right, with the notes AbF#-C. It should be no F# in a Ab7, it should be written as the enharmonic Gb, and the notes should be written as in the correct example to the far right: Ab-Gb-C. But again I prefer to illustrate that the note does not change from D7 to Ab7, even though it change name.

You do have to use the flat five substitution for passing chords only, as we will see in part three.

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Further references

The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 3

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 3
The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:05:15

For more on tritones and the diminished chord. to make sure that you will be able to play in all keys.The Flat Five Substitution . You will find that in part 4.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03. We have to do the same in another key.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. You have to take it from here and experiment with your own variations.2005 04:05:15 .Music Theory for Guitar .torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.part 3 PDF-File Once again I will remind you that these examples are designed to illustrate how you can apply these chords. and not composed to make exciting music. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

Music Theory for Guitar . but this time it is in D-major. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory Go here for links to other Music Theory sites http://www.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:05:18 .part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .asp (1 of 3)07.part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 This is basically the same 12-bar blues variation as in part 3. you should be able to play in any key.torvund.The Flat Five Substitution . If you learn to play these progressions in A and D.

Also in this example. If you would have preferred other labels. The version of Ab7 that is used should be written as Ab-Gb-C.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .2005 04:05:18 . Again the reason is that it would be more difficult to see that we are playing the same notes.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . and D#7 instead of Eb7. and not a diminshed (flatted) fifth above the G.The Flat Five Substitution .Music Theory for Guitar .01. But then it is an augmented fourth. I am just sticking to the golden rule of music: If it sounds right.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. This is the C7 in bar 5.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. I have put it in because I think it fits well into the flow of chords. even though the names are changing. just say that I have made a choice that can be discussed. your choice would be as "correct" as mine. One could also discuss how the chords should be labeled.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. I have noe explanation why a C7 should work in this context.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. but is written as Ab-F#-C The Eb7 should be written Bb-Db-Eb. I am not going to discuss the choices. but is written Bb-C#-Eb. I have chosen C#7 and not Db7. because C# is a note that belongs to the A-major scale. One could also argue that it would be more corret to use G#7 instead of Ab7. two chords are not correctly written in the standard notation. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.part 4 PDF-File I have included one chord that is neither a primary chord or a flat five substitution for any of those. it is right.asp (2 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .

net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04.Music Theory for Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.01.2005 04:05:18 .The Flat Five Substitution .part 4 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

(The distance from C# to G is the same as the distance from G to C#. These are the five basic tritone positions: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Tritone on 3rd and 4th fret Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 9th and 10th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 7 fr 7 fr 8 fr 8 fr http://www.torvund.Music Theory for Guitar . Before going on. and not the bass-note.2005 04:05:21 .01. with the Eb7 as the flat five substitution chord. you should have a little bit more to play with. and then at 9th fret at 6th and 10th fret on the 5th string.asp (1 of 3)07. meaning that we still get a tritone if the interval is inverted).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter I use the A7 as the basis in all examples. I will remind you that the C# and Db are enharmonic. I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords. We find the tritone in two positions: 3rd fret on 6th string and 4th on 5th. we have to vary the notes in the treble. a C#dim may function as an A7. The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7. But the positions are moveable. as we did in the examples so far. As this tritone is on the two bottom strings. We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords. The tritone in these two chords are C#–G and G–Db.part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Before closing. First you need to know where you find the tritone on you guitar.The Flat Five Substitution . and the the tritone is symetric. In our context. and Gdim may function as Eb7. If you like the site. Retailers: Tritone on 6th and 5th string We can start by building 3-note 7th chords around the tritone on the 6th and 5th string.

Still using the same chords in our example.torvund. To get an A7 without root we add an E (the fifth). we find the frist tritone at 5th string 4th fret (C#/Db) and 4th string 5th fret (G). This also means that you can get a flat five substitution by moving any of these chords up or down six frets.The Flat Five Substitution . we add an A (the root).01. This equals 6 frets.Music Theory for Guitar . The next tritone is at 5th string 10th fret (G) and 4th string 11th fret (C#/Db). Tritone on 4th and 5th fret 4 fr 4 fr 2 fr 2 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 10th and 11th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 10 fr 8 fr 8 fr Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Before we continue.2005 04:05:21 .part 5 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 5th and 4th string Now we move our tritone to the 5th and 4th string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. To get the Eb7 without fifth we add an Eb (root). To get the A7 without fifth. http://www. and to get the Eb7 without root we add a Bb (fifth). Notice that it is a tritone (flat fifth) between the two tritone intervals. I will remind you to see which notes we are adding to the tritone to get these chords.asp (2 of 3)07.

The Flat Five Substitution .Music Theory for Guitar . For more on tritones and the diminished chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05.2005 04:05:21 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.part 5 For chords with the next tritones. go to part 6.

Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Retailers: A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 4 fr 4 fr 5 fr 5 fr If you like the site. The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7.Music Theory for Guitar .01. there are a few more chords than the ones we have covered so far. and then at 11th fret at 4th and 12th fret on the 3rd string.part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords. give me your vote: A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 11th and 12th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 3rd and 2nd string http://www. and Gdim may function as Eb7. Still in A7 / Eb7.The Flat Five Substitution .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06. But as you will see.part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords. we find the tritone in two positions: 5th fret on 4th string and 6th on 3rd. In our context. a C#dim may function as an A7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now we are back to where we started: Chords with the tritones on the 4th and 3rd strings. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Tritone on 4th and 3rd string New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.2005 04:05:25 .asp (1 of 3)07.

the shape here is different. and not a perfect fourht.torvund. With the chosen chords. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . For more on tritones and the diminished chord.part 6 As the inteval between the 3rd and 2nd string is a major third. go to part 7. as it is between the other strings.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle http://www.Music Theory for Guitar .2005 04:05:25 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . But as chords with open strings are not moveable.01.The Flat Five Substitution . and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret.asp (2 of 3)07. Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 6 fr 6 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 6 fr 6 fr 5 fr 5 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Tritone on 12th and 14th fret 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 12 fr 12 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 For chords with tritones on string 2 and 1. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret. we stick to the 12/14th fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06. and some other tritone shapes. When reaching 12th fret. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret. we can also go down one octave.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.Music Theory for Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:05:25 .The Flat Five Substitution .part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.

torvund. we can also go down one octave.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.asp (1 of 3)07. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret. But there are more tritones. 6 fr 6 fr 7 fr 7 fr http://www. give me your vote: Eb7 Tritone on 8th and 9th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 5 fr 5 fr 8 fr 12 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 Go here for links to other Music Theory sites Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 If you try the chords above.part 7 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . you will find that this combination of strings are a bit hard to play for these chords. We find the first tritone on 2nd sting 2nd fret and 1st string 3rd fret. But first we have to look at the tritone on 2nd and 1st string.part 7 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Add the m7 chord Part 1 Tritone on 2nd and 1st string Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:05:32 .01.. we stick to the 12/14th fret. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret.The Flat Five Substitution . as you get some hard stretches. and the last we will build chord around in this lesson. we end at 2nd string 14th fret and 1st string 15th fret.Music Theory for Guitar . The next is on 2nd string 8th fret and 1st string 9th fret. With the chosen chords. If we go one octave up from the first. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret. But as chords with open strings are not moveable. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter This is the last tritone on adjacent strings. and we will end the lesson by showing a few of them. When reaching 12th fret. Tritone on 2nd and 3rd fret Retailers: A7 (C#dim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) If you like the site.

torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. We will put in some m7 chords. The others are tritone +octave. But this will not be before next month and next newsletter.01. but these are the four where we partly used open strings on the lower position.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07. C7 / Edim F#/Gb7 / Bbdim C#/Db7 / Fdim G7 / Bdim D7 / F#dim Ab7 / Cdim Eb7 / Gdim A7 / C#dim E7 / G#/Abdim Bb7 / Ddim F7 / Adim B7 / D#/Ebdim Now we will leave tritones for a while.2005 04:05:32 . The chords in each column can substitute each other.part 7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 8 fr 8 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 14th and 15th fret Eb7 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 There are of course more chords that can be played with tritone on 14th and 15th fret. The first is a real tritone.The Flat Five Substitution . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . For more on tritones and the diminished chord.Music Theory for Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www. but I list them just to be sure. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . But we will not leave the 12-bar blues and three-note chords yet. Remember that you can substitute both ways: A7 can be substituted by Eb7. There are a few other tritones you can play on the guitar.asp (2 of 3)07. You should be able to figure out which chords can be substituted by which by now. and Eb7 by A7.

part 7 Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Further references Add the m7 chord Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Music Theory for Guitar .01.2005 04:05:32 .The Flat Five Substitution .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.

which is the ii-chord of Bb. It does not call for a resolution in the same way as a dominant 7. The relative m7 to C6 is Am7.asp (1 of 2)07. if we stick to Am7. and the dominant 7 is a major chord. and the chord will loose it's identity as an A-type chord. As the 3rd is omitted.Blues Guitar .the m7 chord . As you see. and get the notes C-G-A. It is really a C-chord. Here the root is omitted. we will start with a variation of the 12-bar blues we used in part 1 of the Three Note Chord . A C6 is the C with an added 6th. it will not the character of major chord. The first has the notes 1-b7-b3. But a very important difference is that there is no tritone in the minor7 chord. and the flat five substitution does not apply. if you have not been through it already. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. We will use two m7 chord shapes. and it has the notes C-E-G-A.1-7-b3 voicing Am7 when played at 5th fret m7 . which has the notes A-C-E-G. But it is still a useful chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1. But if we invert the chord. which does not change the identity or the charachter of the m7 chord. and they are both three-note fingerings with one note omitted. The Am7 in root position is the same as C6 in third inversion.Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 It is recommended that you start with the lesson 12-bars. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m (maj7) 7#5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 http://www. and the C6 is the same as Am7 in first inversion. or A-G-C. If you like the site.01. they both have the same notes. and we will use the Cm7 chord. it would be the 1-5-6 of a C6. give me your vote: m7 . Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites For more on 7th chords in general. You should know a little bit about the relation between the 6-chord and it's relative m7 chord. We will once again be in the key of Bb. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If we compare the minor7 with the dominant 7 one difference is of course that the minor7 is a minor chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz before this lesson.Lesson.Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .2005 04:05:35 . we have the notes E-C-G. Here the 5th is omitted. These chords can substitute each other. Retailers: In the second shape.5-b3-7 voicing (Major 3-1-5) Am7 (C) when played at 10th fret In Part 2 of this lesson.torvund.

asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.torvund.the m7 chord .Blues Guitar .2005 04:05:35 .Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1.

asp (1 of 3)07.2005 04:05:38 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .the m7 chord .torvund.Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

I have difficulties explaining the function of the VI7 chord in the context of the home key.the m7 chord . rather than modulating to it. Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) For more on 7th chords in general. What we then get is the ii-V-I progression. who use it a lot in his book All Blues For Jazz Guitar. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. But as we do not let this key get time to settle.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. . which is most important. and I have not been able to figure it out myself. If we should put these chords in the context of C-minor. By playing these chord. But he does not explain why he use it.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. to use the other chord positions. we are almost modulating to C-minor. In the last bar of the turnaround.asp (2 of 3)07.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. we are only hinting at the key C-minor. and we will then land on the I7 (root) chord in bar 11.torvund. (There are many other chords as well). Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:38 .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . and the second half of bar 11. (Does anyone out there have a good answer to this?) Jim Ferguson . 92 pages. But it works.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2. I have also intrduced a VI7 chord (G7 when we are in the key of Bb) in bar 8. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.Blues Guitar . go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 2 Instead of playing V7-IV7 in bars 9 and 10. we will play ii7-V7. Book/CD package. Unless jazz is you main interest. which will create a ii7-V7-I7 when it resolves at the first bar of the next verse. we will again play ii7-V7. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. I have stolen the chord and it's function in this progression form Jim Ferguson. it would have been the V7-i chords of this key.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. Rhythm/backup. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 In part 3 we will play the same progression in Eb. By Jim Ferguson.

asp (3 of 3)07.the m7 chord .01.2005 04:05:38 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.torvund.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 3 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 This is the same progression as in part 2. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. but now we are playing in Eb. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. When you have learned this progression in Bb and Eb.asp (1 of 2)07.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.Blues Guitar .the m7 chord .01.torvund. you should be able to play it in any key.2005 04:05:42 .

asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. and combine them the m7 chord and the basic progression introduced in this lesson. For more on 7th chords in general.torvund.Part 3 PDF-File In part 4 we will re-introduce all the added chords based on Flat Five Substitution. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .2005 04:05:42 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.the m7 chord .asp (1 of 3)07.Part 3.torvund.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 1 Part 1 Here we are developing further the progression we used in the Flat Five Substitution Lesson . Go to this lesson if you think we are going into too unfamiliar territory.Part 4 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Turnaround .2005 04:05:44 .Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues http://www. the movement in the bass would have been clearer. It is only a matter if you read the standard notation.Blues Guitar . E7 is familar territory. it just formally change it's name.Part 4 PDF-File If you have been through the Flat Five Substitution Lesson . The reason is that we are comming from a Eb7. For more on 7th chords in general. you may recall that I discussed the notation of the chords. and I guess that the majority of you readers out there would not notice the difference. In bar 6.asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:05:44 . In Fb7 the correct spelling would have been Ebb. In the next example. Again it is a kind of information you do not really have to worry about. But then we would have had trouble with the D on top. the various spelling of notes do not make any difference. so I prefer to use this label and basic spelling. and not a third. The Db is some kind of a 4th. this is not an issue. but the enharmonic G#. despite that it will give an incorrect notation of the E7 chord. and we have to make a compromize between a correct notation and a notation that shows the voice leading. Again the reason is that the chord we come from. so there I have preferred the correct spelling.01. I keep the Db spelling. when playing the chords Eb7-A7. and to make clear that this note is not moving. But I want to use correct note spelling. so the chord is notated as 1-7-b4 instead of the correct 1-7-3. G and C. We have the same kind of problem with the E7 chord. the reason is that we are going to the Bb7 with a Ab in the next bar. In the first example. In bar 4. In bar 9 (second example). One could argue that it should have been spelled as the enharmonic chord Fb7 instead of E7. Finally. the F7. In tablature. we do not have this kind of problem. which would be some kind of A. so here I have used a correct spelling of the E7 chord. where the first example is taken from. 7 and 3 note.We are running into the same problem here. But again I prefer to keep the Ab to make clear that the note is note moving. But I do not think many guitar players easily can relate to the Fb7 chord and the note Ebb.the m7 chord . I have chosen to notate the enharmonic Db instead of C#. and not B-A-Eb. we come from a Bb7 that has the note Ab in it. and I want those of you who might be interested (if any) to know why I sometimes deviate from this principle. By spelling the bass note Cb instead of B. which has the Db. the spelling of the B7 in bar 10 should have been B-A-D#. The E7 does not have Ab. as in bars 2 and 5. The A7 in a 1-7-3 voicing should be notated with some kind of a 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4. has a Eb in it.Part 2.torvund. The C-type note here is a C#.

Blues Guitar .Lesson 1 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Further references Turnaround . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.net I appreciate comments http://www.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.the m7 chord .asp (3 of 3)07.Part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .2005 04:05:44 .torvund.

and we were very proud when we had learned to play it. these chords can be the basis for many turnaround licks. The first one is some simple rhythmic variations.Lesson 1.2005 04:05:47 . part 2 Turnaround .Lesson 1 Part 3 As I said in the introduction to part 1.Lesson 1 Part 1 Turnaround .asp (1 of 4)07.01. we thought that this was the turnaround.Lesson 1. I will give you a few examples og licks that are all based on the sequence of diminished chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. In those days. http://www. If you like the site. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The next example is the first turnaround I learned.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is arpeggiated chords. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .

http://www. it turns into a dim7 chord.Lesson 1.01. part 2 The next two are some variations that it should not be necessary to comment.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . The last one is interesting because we open the first string when playing the Gdim chord.2005 04:05:47 . The next is arpeggiated chords.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.asp (2 of 4)07. When adding this E.

For guitar and voice. Includes instructional book and examples CD.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . See more info.Lesson 1 Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. Published by Hal Leonard. With standard guitar notation.asp (3 of 4)07. Blues rock and adult contemporary. guitar notation legend. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. 9x12 inches.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . vocal melody.torvund. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. Performed by Eric Clapton.. solos etc. For guitar. Format: guitar tablature songbook. 72 pages. Performed by Eric Clapton. (HL694869) See more info.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . Blues rock and adult contemporary. guitar tablature. Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . 9x12 inches. chord names. guitar chord diagrams. vocal melody. Series: Hal Leonard .Lesson 1 Part 1 Further references Turnaround .. written by Wolf Marshall. fill-ins..Blues Guitar – Turnaround . 112 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2. instructional text and performance notes. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. With standard guitar notation. Published by Hal Leonard.01. lyrics.2005 04:05:47 . chord names. Transcribed by Jesse Gress. guitar tablature. Acoustic Rock. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock. lyrics.Lesson 1. Bestseller! introductory text. is Eric Claptons unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me. part 2 One good example on how these chords can be used in turarnounds..

torvund. part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (4 of 4)07.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.2005 04:05:47 .Lesson 1.01.

torvund. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Size 9x12 inches.Lesson 1. See more info.E sequence up five frets (a fourth). By Dave Rubin. The record has sold more than 500. Book and CD package. CD374890 More information Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK http://www. Performed by Robert Johnson. but it is still nothing more than a plan for a future lesson. but I see no reason not to get this double CD set with his total output of 41 recordings (incl alternate takes).Cdim Bdim ..asp (1 of 4)07.G#dim .A. With notes and tablature. If we move the E . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A C#dim Cdim Bdim Retailers: If you like the site.01.C#dim . part 3 Turnaround .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 1 Part 2 Turnaround . Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. which is a substantial number for a blues re-issue. and the chords will be A . give me your vote: Listen to the opening ant the break in Robert Johnson's tune Kindhearted Woman for an example on how these chords can be used in A-major.Gdim F#dim .Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. we go to A-major.) Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Robert Johnson .2005 04:05:54 . and can be used in any key. (For a long time it has been my intent to discuss Kindhearted Woman a little more in depth. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). 64 pages.Lesson 1..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3. ToC No HL695264 Review: Robert Johnson: The Complete Recordings There are several collections of Robert Johnson's songs.000.Lesson 2 Part 1 These chord postiotions are all moveable.

we will discuss a few other positions for the same chords. I will introduce some other chord positions. part 2 Order from: Robert Johnson . First we will move to the strings 4.asp (2 of 4)07.D. C Edim Ebdim Ddim http://www. and go to they key D-major. it might have revised and more accurate transcriptions.Lesson 1. so I do not know.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . The chords will then be D . In this part 2. where you have to play a few open strings.torvund.01. Why else should they publish new transcriptions? But I don't have the book. It is the most expensive of the books.Fdim . and you are in C-major. D F#dim Fdim Edim Move it down two frets. and you have to experiment with how you can make various turnarounds based on these chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.The New Transcriptions SheetmusicPlus Since this is published by the same publisher as the previous.F#dim .Edim .2005 04:05:54 . Bestseller! More information ToC No HL690271 Review: In the next part of this lesson. 3 and 2.

G#dim .D7 .C#7 .G7 .D will be: On the strings 5. part 2 You can of course move this up one fret to Eb. But try it.2005 04:05:54 . A C#dim Cdim Bdim Go down two frets. The fingering will be the same. To me.A will be: You can move this across to the three bottom strings. two frets to E.asp (3 of 4)07. I'll give you the chords E .A7 .G#7 . The chords A . and you are in G-major.. etc.C#dim7 . the turnaround does not sound too good so deep down in the bass.D7.G#dim . the chords will be: And the D . where again you have to play some open strings.torvund. (Some work still need to be done here.F#dim . 4 and 3. http://www.Lesson 1. just on the adjacent set of strings.D#dim7 . and you should be able to figure out the rest.01.G#dim7 .) If you prefer D .C7 .E for the key E-major.Ddim7 .Blues Guitar – Turnaround ..A#dim7 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.Adim7 . and make your own judgement. instead of going down. Come back in a few days . we can for instance play in A.A will be: And the chords A .

. With notes and tablature.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. Published by Mel Bay Pub...the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . Licks and phrases.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Book/CD package. Inc.Lesson 1 Part 2 Further references Turnaround .torvund.Lesson 1. See more info.75x11. McCabe's 101 Series.. Size 9x12 inches.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . If you want more. and cannot wait.01. Size 8. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar . I have not yet seen the book. But I have yet to see a book from Dave Rubin that is not good. I will continue the discussion on blues turnarounds in about a month. See more info. 40 pages.asp (4 of 4)07. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .. I will get myself a copy of the book. so I guess it will be worth having.net I appreciate comments http://www. Guitar Educational.Lesson 2 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Blues. and cannot make any further commnets on it. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn.2005 04:05:54 . Book and CD package.75. Level: Multiple Levels.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . Dave Rubin has just published a book on Blues Turnarounds. 48 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. part 2 This is so far we will get now.

But you should try and listen to all of them. is to play one line at the time. The first is the top line. and make up your own mind.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1. Some lines can work as a turnaround without any other notes. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 2. other lines get too dull. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: What we will do then.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund. we will repeat the basic chord sequence in E.01. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is the second line: http://www.Lesson 2 Part 2 In this lesson we will take a closer look a the lines in the chords we covered in the last lessons. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . and listen how these notes work in isolation. If you like the site. These movements between chords are called voice leading.Lesson 2.asp (1 of 3)07. Before we start.Lesson 1 Part 3 Turnaround .2005 04:05:56 . part 1 Turnaround .

one based on dim7 chords. you should also remember that we added two variations or a fourth line. and one with ordinary 7 chords. The dim7 line will be: And the 7 line will be: http://www.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . part 1 It should be no surprise that the next one is the third line: If you worked through the previous lesson.Lesson 2.01.2005 04:05:56 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.asp (2 of 3)07.torvund.

01.Lesson 1 Part 3 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 2.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.net I appreciate comments http://www.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .torvund.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .2005 04:05:56 .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 2 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. part 1 We will develop some of these lines a bit further in part 2. More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .

torvund.Lesson 3 Part 1 Be can now break the notes up into triplets.Lesson 2 Part 1 Turnaround . and take another look at the chord sequence covered in Blues Guitar . But now the line is harmonized: http://www. we will find the same line.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: If we change key to A.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . and play it against the root on the open 1st string. Retailers: If you like the site. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Then we go to line 2. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 2. you get at turnaround that is very typical of Robert Johnson.2005 04:06:04 .Lesson 2. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .01. and move line 2 down one octave. Now it starts to sound like a real turnaround again. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites If we go back to E. part 2 Turnaround . and play line 1 against the root played on 4th string.

. Moppin' Blues. you can often hear them playing a turnaround in C.01. Hey.. 40 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2. Then the sequence will be: Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake played a highly syncopated rhythm. we will look more at some turnaround licks. Published by Hal Leonard. Written in standard notation and tablature. http://www. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Hey. which is Ab. You do not get their sound just by playing the chords. Woody Mann explores the ideas. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists.torvund. In the next turnaround lesson. Worryin' You Off My Mind. See more info. With notes and tablature. the answer is yes.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . If we use the same sequence as above.Lesson 2. part 2 If you listen to the playing of Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note. Book and CD package. If you should wonder if you could substitute the Am minor in the E-sequence with it's relative major C. But you have to try it out for yourself. But I will not discuss their playing styles in this lessons. Stove Pipe Stomp. Size 9x12 inches. Selections include: House Rent Stomp.. and transpose to C. and Saturday Night Rub. techniques. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. ToC No HL695602 Review: Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy Order from: SheetmusicPlus In this comprehensive new audio lesson. it would be: But they will usually play the relative major to the Fm chord.asp (2 of 3)07. Guitar Educational. Brownskin Shuffle.. SG98508BCD See more info.2005 04:06:04 . Includes 3 CD's. which is also a "harmonized line 2".

For fingerpick guitar.Lesson 2 Part 1 Further references Turnaround . Level: Intermediate.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . Blues.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .75x11. 26 pages. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Book/CD package.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www..Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Grossman Audio. Size 8. Licks and SheetmusicPlus phrases. part 2 Order from: Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann.torvund. More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .2005 04:06:04 .Lesson 2.75..Lesson 3 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.Lesson 3.2005 04:06:08 .asp (1 of 4)07. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites There are many ways you can vary these small scale based run. part 2 . part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund. One example is this: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. is to combine elements from various turnarounds. But the next one is not right on the point. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Or the other way: Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: But from here it is better to think of turaround licks based on the blues scale. rater than on chord sequences.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Turnaround Licks Turnaround .Lesson 3 Part 1 One way to make variations.Lesson 3.01. http://www.

torvund. We have to add something. part 2 and I will explain why. And you decide what is right for you. In my opinion.Lesson 3. You can go to the 7th below the root. It could be the first note on the third beat. like this: http://www. But usually is not always. We should not end on the E before the first beat in the last bar. we simply came home a little bit too early.2005 04:06:08 . like this: Or it can be the first note on the last beat: I am not saying that it is wrong if you make one of the other notes longer.01. to get home on time. in this case a D.asp (2 of 4)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. they will usually not work as well.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Another approach is to break the sequence by adding an extra note. One simple way is to slow the lick down by making one note longer. In the example above.

Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. Level: Multiple Levels. 40 pages. Inc. Guitar Educational. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar . But this should give you something to work from.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . With notes and tablature.asp (3 of 4)07.75. Book and CD package. Size 8.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . McCabe's 101 Series.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . Licks and phrases. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. Book/CD package.75x11.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 http://www. See more info.. part 2 Another possibility is to add the flat five .01. I will from time to time upload more turnarounds in various keys. 48 pages.the note that distinguish the blues scale from the minor pentatonic scale: This concludes the mini-series on blues turnarounds. Published by Mel Bay Pub.. There are of course many other turnarounds. Size 9x12 inches.. you will be among the first to know when there are new turnarounds around. See more info.. both in the key of E and in other keys.2005 04:06:08 .torvund.Lesson 3. Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . If you subscribe to my newsletter.. Blues.

Lesson 3.01.Lesson 3 Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.2005 04:06:08 . part 2 Turnaround .torvund.asp (4 of 4)07.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues.torvund. You can get some clues from the MIDI file. So you should listen to the MP3 file as well. this time played in Open G tuning. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format."Spanish" http://www.asp (1 of 2)07. Open G This is one of the classic slide themes. All the fretted notes are played with the slide. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/ slide guitar Open G/A tuning .01. Open G Walking Black Mama.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. But a MIDI file like this can never give you the subtleties of slide guitar playing.2005 04:06:11 . Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues.Blues Guitar Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Roll and Tumble Blues.

asp (2 of 2)07.01.Blues Guitar q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:06:11 .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G.

torvund. Retailers: I have written two bars with two variations of the third lick. and then the whole verse.Blues Guitar . But this is really the same as the second. I have made a simplified version of the theme. and the first of the two bars is also played in bars 11 and 12. it might be reduced to a size that is a bit hard to read. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites I said three licks. These two bars are played in bars 7 and 8.01. so you might wonder why i write out a fourth one.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama. It is built from three basic licks. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first lick is played through the first four bars. If I write the whole verse so that you can view it on screen. The next lick is played in bars 5. Son House's used it in My Black Mama and Preachin' the Blues. Robert Johnson's learned this theme from Son House. It is played in bar 9.asp (1 of 3)07. But the most famous version is probably Robert Johnson'sWalkin' Blues.Walking Black Mama Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . 6 and 10. I hope this will make it a bit easier. So I have written the basic licks. Here is the complete 12-bar version http://www. only moved two frets up. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Walking Black Mama This is one of the classic blues slide themes in Open-G tuning. The main point is to get a driving rhythm.2005 04:06:12 .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/slide guitar Open G/A tuning ."Spanish" q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues.it is actually far from right.Walking Black Mama I am sure it is possible to get something that at least resembles slides in a MIDI file. Open G Walking Black Mama.asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . So the MIDI file does not sound right . But you have to know MIDI better than I do if you want to do that. PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues.01.torvund.2005 04:06:12 .

2005 04:06:12 .Blues Guitar .torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama.Walking Black Mama Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful